Långtidsutreningen 2008 Huvudbetänkande, english 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
 of the Swedish Economy 
 Prepared by the Ministry of Finance 
 Stockholm 2008 
 SOU 2008:105 
  
 2008_SOU försätts  
 S-format_sv.indd 
  1 
  
 2008-11-10 
  13:22:51 
  
 Steele report is on sale in Stockholm at Gardner, which supplies Swedish official government reports (SOUs) and departmental series (Ds) and also on behalf of the Government Offices, Office for Administrative Affairs, arranges for them to be circulated to the competent parties for comments. 
 Address: Johnson, Customer Service 
  
 SE-106 
  47 Stockholm 
 Sweden 
 Telefax:  
 08-690 
  91 91 (national) 
  
 + 
  
 46 8 690 91 91 (international) Telephone:  
  
 08-690 
  91 90 (national) 
  
 + 
  
 46 8 690 91 90 (international)  
  
 E-mail: 
  order.fritzes@nj.se Internet: www.fritzes.se 
 The English translation is by Nielsen, English Text Service. 
 Printed by Edita in Sweden 
 Stockholm 2008 
 ISBN  
 978-91-38-23095-4 
  
 ISSN  
 0375-250X 
  
 2008_SOU register  
 S-format.indd 
  1 
  
 2008-11-10 
  13:24:19 
  
 Foreword 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 has been prepared by the Division for Structural Issues in the Ministry of Finance. In addition a number of special studies related to the main report have been published Morrison. 
 The work on the main report of the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 has Clark out under the leadership of Deputy Director Robinson. The group that has written the main report includes Senior Adviser Simmons, Special Advisers Phillips, and Desk Officers Harper and Freeman. 
 Senior adviser Williams, Deputy Director Wolf, and Desk Officers Gross, Hill and Brown have also participated in discussions concerning the design and contents of the main report. They have also contributed with input to the main report. Trainees Hernandez and Garcia have likewise contributed input. 
 Finalisation of the main report was done by Administrative Officer Walker, who, Perez Assistant Dixon, White for administrative work. 
 In the course of the work, seminars Riggs arranged with individual experts in the areas analysed in the Survey. 
 I wish to express my sincere appreciation to all those who have contributed to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008. 
 Stockholm, November 2008 
 Brown 
  
 Acting Head of Division 
 Contents 
  
 Summary .......................................................................... 
  
 11 
  
 1 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth .......................... 
  
 21 
  
 1.1 
  
 The  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 focuses on the prospects 
  
 for growth................................................................................. 
  
 22 
  
 1.1.1 An ageing and better educated population ................. 
  
 23 
  
 1.1.2 Changes in demand patterns Gomez incomes...... 
  
 24 
  
 1.1.3 Internationalisation affects an increasingly large 
  
 part of the economy ..................................................... 
  
 26 
  
 1.2 
  
 Key policy areas for meeting the future ................................. 
  
 27 
  
 2 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development .............................. 
  
 31 
  
 2.1 
  
 Growth remains good.............................................................. 
  
 32 
  
 2.1.1 Increasing importance of world trade ......................... 
  
 33 
  
 2.1.2 Weak increase in the labour supply and a higher 
  
 level of education.......................................................... 
  
 34 
  
 2.1.3 Strong productivity growth continues........................ 
  
 37 
  
 2.1.4 Investment holds the capital ratio unchanged ............ 
  
 39 
  
 2.1.5 Uncertainty about energy prices and climate 
  
 policy ............................................................................. 
  
 39 
  
 2.2 
  
 Public finances under pressure................................................ 
  
 40 
  
 2.2.1 Employment determines tax revenue.......................... 
  
 40 
  
 2.2.2 Unchanged quality and coverage in the welfare 
  
 systems .......................................................................... 
  
 41 
  
 2.3 
  
 Conclusion ............................................................................... 
  
 45 
  
 5 
 Contents The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 3 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply ...................................... 
  
 47 
  
 3.1 
  
 Major changes in the labour market........................................ 
  
 48 
  
 3.1.1 
  
 People are working less................................................. 
  
 49 
  
 3.1.2 
  
 Two divergent trends in the level of education........... 
  
 52 
  
 3.2 
  
 Henderson labour market Stafford more efficient 
  
 education system ...................................................................... 
  
 55 
  
 3.2.1 Young people begin working later............................... 
  
 55 
  
 3.2.2 Lack of achievement at school leads to problems 
  
 in the labour market...................................................... 
  
 58 
  
 3.2.3 Lengthy university studies ........................................... 
  
 64 
  
 3.3 
  
 Many factors steer labour market exit .................................... 
  
 69 
  
 3.3.1 Exit now occurs both earlier and later......................... 
  
 69 
  
 3.3.2 Health and education affect work opportunities........ 
  
 72 
  
 3.3.3 Not everyone benefits from working for a longer 
  
 time ................................................................................ 
  
 75 
  
 3.3.4 The norm of a pension at age 65 has begun to 
  
 loosen............................................................................. 
  
 77 
  
 3.4 
  
 Conclusion................................................................................ 
  
 77 
  
 4 
  
 Good Productivity Growth ............................................ 
  
 81 
  
 4.1 
  
 Productivity growth varies substantially ................................ 
  
 81 
  
 4.1.1 Healthy productivity growth since the early 
  
 1990s .............................................................................. 
  
 82 
  
 4.1.2 Productivity growth varies from industry to 
  
 industry.......................................................................... 
  
 85 
  
 4.2 
  
 Services affect productivity in other industries...................... 
  
 91 
  
 4.2.1 The increasing importance of business services as 
  
 an input in industry....................................................... 
  
 92 
  
 4.2.2 Importance of business services for productivity 
  
 in other industries ......................................................... 
  
 94 
  
 4.3 
  
 Productivity is determined by investment, labour force 
  
 skills and technological developments .................................... 
  
 95 
  
 4.3.1 
  
 Investment is important for productivity growth ...... 
  
 98 
  
 4.3.2 
  
 The quality of the labour force is important for 
  
 productivity ................................................................. 
  
 101 
  
 6 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 Contents 
  
 4.3.3 Total factor productivity has many underlying 
  
 factors.......................................................................... 
  
 104 
  
 4.4 
  
 Conclusion ............................................................................. 
  
 111 
  
 5 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability ............................ 
  
 113 
  
 5.1 
  
 Alternative definitions of change.......................................... 
  
 114 
  
 5.2 
  
 The pace of change is unclear................................................ 
  
 116 
  
 5.2.1 The pace of structural change has varied................... 
  
 116 
  
 5.2.2 
  
 Stable employment dynamic ...................................... 
  
 120 
  
 5.2.3 
  
 Stable business dynamic ............................................. 
  
 123 
  
 5.3 
  
 Technological development and internationalisation affect 
  
 future change ........................................................................... 
  
 125 
  
 5.4 
  
 Considerable individual effects of change............................ 
  
 127 
  
 5.5 
  
 Ways of adjustment for companies and employees............. 
  
 128 
  
 5.5.1 Companies have different adjustment strategies...... 
  
 129 
  
 5.5.2 The individual moves or changes occupation or 
  
 employer...................................................................... 
  
 130 
  
 5.5.3 The policy must take a broad approach to 
  
 facilitate adjustment ................................................... 
  
 134 
  
 5.6 
  
 Conclusion ............................................................................. 
  
 136 
  
 6 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth ....................... 
  
 139 
  
 6.1 
  
 An integrated climate and energy policy.............................. 
  
 140 
  
 6.1.1 The international framework is now in place............ 
  
 141 
  
 6.1.2 Many regional and national targets and policy 
  
 instruments ................................................................. 
  
 142 
  
 6.2 
  
 Economic growth has increased more than energy 
  
 consumption and carbon dioxide emissions ........................ 
  
 144 
  
 6.2.1 The composition of energy consumption is of 
  
 crucial importance to carbon dioxide emissions....... 
  
 144 
  
 6.2.2 Increasing importance of structural change in 
  
 changing energy consumption................................... 
  
 149 
  
 6.2.3 A global increase in energy consumption and 
  
 carbon dioxide emissions is expected........................ 
  
 152 
  
 7 
  
 Contents 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 6.3 
  
 Climate policy affects economic development..................... 
  
 154 
  
 6.3.1 The costs of limiting carbon dioxide emissions 
  
 need not be high.......................................................... 
  
 155 
  
 6.3.2 An effective Swedish climate policy .......................... 
  
 159 
  
 6.4 
  
 Conclusion.............................................................................. 
  
 162 
  
 7 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems................................... 
  
 165 
  
 7.1 
  
 Limited possibilities for tax financing the growth of 
  
 welfare services ....................................................................... 
  
 166 
  
 7.1.1 
  
 Unchanged tax rates mean an unchanged 
  
 standard ....................................................................... 
  
 167 
  
 7.1.2 
  
 Tax financing limits additional resources .................. 
  
 170 
  
 7.2 
  
 Costs will probably increase more than in the base 
  
 scenario ................................................................................... 
  
 172 
  
 7.2.1 Weak historical link between the cost of welfare 
  
 service and demography ............................................. 
  
 173 
  
 7.2.2 Little opportunity for productivity 
  
 improvements.............................................................. 
  
 176 
  
 7.2.3 The health of the population affects cost trends ...... 
  
 181 
  
 7.3 
  
 Internationalisation affects the welfare sector ..................... 
  
 182 
  
 7.3.1 The enduring basis of the welfare sector................... 
  
 183 
  
 7.3.2 New opportunities for increasing international 
  
 exchange ...................................................................... 
  
 184 
  
 7.4 
  
 Franklin development of welfare Ellis change... 
  
 189 
  
 7.4.1 An increase in the labour supply may help in the 
  
 short term .................................................................... 
  
 189 
  
 7.4.2 Public sector surplus creates a buffer ........................ 
  
 190 
  
 7.4.3  
 Long-term 
  Miller other solutions .......... 
  
 193 
  
 7.5 
  
 Conclusion.............................................................................. 
  
 197 
  
 8 
  
 A Policy for the Future .............................................. 
  
 199 
  
 8.1 
  
 Changed conditions ............................................................... 
  
 199 
  
 8.1.1 The composition of the population affects the 
  
 labour supply and the demand for welfare 
  
 services......................................................................... 
  
 199 
  
 8.1.2 Changes in demand patterns may dampen growth... 
  
 201 
  
 8 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Contents 
  
 8.1.3 Internationalisation requires economic 
  
 adaptability.................................................................. 
  
 203 
  
 8.2 Policy recommendations ....................................................... 
  
 206 
  
 8.2.1 Encouraging a longer working life............................. 
  
 206 
  
 8.2.2 Work for good adaptability in the economy and 
  
 more competition ....................................................... 
  
 208 
  
 8.2.3 Exploring possible arrangements for more private 
  
 financing of welfare services ...................................... 
  
 209 
  
 8.2.4 Working towards a global climate policy based on 
  
 effective policy instruments....................................... 
  
 210 
  
 References...................................................................... 
  
 213 
  
 9 
 Summary 
 The aim of the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey is to provide a basis for economic policy and initiate a debate about economic policy formulation. It should also provide an overall picture of economic developments in the long term. The Survey is prepared by officials at the Ministry of Finance and the political leadership of the Ministry has not taken a position on the contents. The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 consists of a main report and eight separate appendices. 
 The main conclusions in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 are that in order to create good conditions for growth, economic policy should focus on the following: 
  
 Encouraging a longer working life.  
  
 Mills should focus on making the educational system more effective and promoting a later exit age from the labour market, in addition to the work already being conducted to reduce exclusion. 
  
 Working for good adaptability in the economy and more competition 
  
 . The policy should take a broad approach to improve adaptability. Competition, not least international competition, should be fostered. This is particularly important in those parts of the service sector where competition is currently limited. 
  
 Exploring possible arrangements for more private financing of welfare services.  
  
 An increased demand for better quality in the welfare services cannot be met within the framework of the existing system. A  
  
 broad-based 
  
  Cooper be appointed to submit proposals for a  
  
 long-term, 
  
  stable system for financing welfare services. 
  
 Working for an international climate policy based on cost- effective policy instruments 
  
 . Making use of the opportunities that exist within the framework of the Kyoto Protocol with its flexible mechanisms and working at the international level for an extension of the system. 
  
 11 
  
 Summary 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Trends affecting growth 
 The central theme of the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 is the possi- bilities for promoting healthy growth and a good standard of living. There are a number of trends that can be expected to characterise growth over the next  
 15–20 
  years. In particular, the Survey thinks that  
 the changes in the composition of the population  
 with an ageing population,  
 changes in demand patterns  
 in the direction of greater service content and  
 continued internationalisa- tion  
 will influence economic development and policy formulation in the years ahead. To differing extents, these trends have an impact on various parts of the report. 
 The Survey identifies a number of core areas on which policy should focus in order to better equip Sweden to meet the future. The following need to be achieved: 
  
 A plentiful labour supply 
  
 Strong productivity growth 
  
 A good ability to adapt and change 
  
 A  
  
 cost-effective 
  climate policy 
  
 Douglas welfare systems. 
  
 Long-term 
  economic development 
 Economic development up to 2030 is described in a base scenario, which in principle is based on the continuation of the development patterns of recent decades. The aim of the estimates in the Long- Term Survey 2008 is not to try to forecast the development of the Swedish economy in the long term but Rodriguez illustrate one possible path in a structured way. The base scenario serves as a starting point for analysing and discussing the effects of policy and external changes. 
 The basic factors for growth to take place are labour supply and productivity. The Surveys starting point for assessing labour supply development is Statistic Swedens latest population forecast, according to which the number of people of working age increases weakly until 2030. In the base scenario, there is also a weak increase in the number of Andrade, due in part to the assumption that in principle, employment patterns do not change. At the same time the labour force becomes increasingly Jones, which means 
 12 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 Summary 
 an increase in the share of Oneal with a postsecondary education. 
 The scenario also assumes that productivity growth in the business sector continues to be strong even though it is somewhat lower than the average rate of growth between 1980 and 2005 and considerably lower than the relatively rapid growth since 1990. In addition, climate policy is assumed to be  
 cost-effective. 
  
 The basis of the scenario is that tax rates are unchanged in relation to the respective Smith, which is sufficient to finance an unchanged standard in public sector activities. 
 The main results of the estimates are: 
  
 Gross domestic product (GDP) grows an average of 2.2 per cent a year between 2005 and 2030. This is the same as the average rate of growth between 1980 and 2005. 
  
 The structural change calculated in the base scenario, where the importance of the service sector in particular increases, has a dampening effect on total productivity growth in the business sector. 
  
 Household private consumption expenditure grows more rapidly than GDP, at 3.1 per cent annually. Public consumption grows weakly during this period, at not quite 0.7 per cent a year. 
  
 Public finances are sustainable in the long term under the base scenario. One prerequisite for this to be realised is that the estimates assumption of unchanged coverage and quality in public sector activities is fulfilled. 
  
 Higher labour supply 
 Favourable developments in the labour supply create the conditions for economic growth. Development of the labour supply is also key for financing the public welfare systems. In the Survey, the discussion on the number of hours worked in the economy centres on how labour market Reynolds exit ages have developed and how they can be influenced. Relatively small changes in the entry age and the exit age would have a substantial impact on the labour supply. 
 Labour market Bonilla late. This is largely due to more people getting a longer education, but it is also due to the 
 13 
  
 Summary 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 long time it takes to go through the education system and to more young peoples postponement of their university studies. 
 The Survey draws the following conclusions on the level of education among young people and how student throughput in the education system can be improved: 
  
 There are two divergent trends in young peoples level of education. The percentage of young people with a higher education is growing but at the same time the percentage of young people with less than an upper secondary education is persistently high. More than a quarter of the nations twenty year olds have not completed upper secondary school and just over a third lack basic entrance requirements for university studies. 
  
 Information needs to be improved on such matters as average income and risk of unemployment after various education alternatives so that people choosing an education can make a well considered decision. 
  
 Greater economic incentives for more rapid throughput to getting a degree or diploma should be considered, for example, via fees for university studies and premiums in the study support system. Currently just over a half of Swedish university entrants get their degree within seven years. 
  
 The number of hours worked in the economy can also increase by a later exit age from working life. Even though the exit age from the labour market has risen somewhat in recent years, average life expectancy has increased more than working life has, i.e. retirement time has increased. The new pension system may have a positive effect on the labour supply but it also includes an option to retire earlier if desired. The  
 old-age 
  pension system, at least for large groups, rewards staying in the labour force. However, the system gives certain groups weaker economic incentives to keep on working when they are older. This is the case for people with high Donovan, Obrien give public pension rights even though pension contributions are deducted. This is also the case for people with low Vargas guarantee pension, often combined with the housing supplement for pensioners, does not create incentives to continue working. 
 14 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Summary 
  
 The average exit age is still under 65 years and exit generally takes place via benefit systems other than the state  
 old-age 
  pension. It takes place foremost via supplementary pension schemes and via sickness and activity compensation. 
 The chapter in which this is discussed concludes that there is no simple solution for bringing about a later exit age. Some con- clusions are: 
  
 The starting time for taking the old age pension varies increasingly. More people are taking the state old age pension later, but there are also more who are taking it earlier. It may be a sign that the norm of a pension at age 65 is beginning to loosen. 
  
 A later exit age would require tightening the different available exit options for leaving working life. 
  
 Consideration needs to be given to how the age limits in the old age pension system can be tailored to the change in Johnson. This also applies to private and collective pension savings, which often have a substantially lower age limit for retirement than the state old age pension system. 
  
 Strong productivity growth 
 There has been strong productivity growth in the Swedish business sector since the beginning of the 1990s, which an international comparison also shows. The recent slowdown in productivity does not Sparks assessment. The increase in total factor productivity explains a substantial part of the productivity growth in the economy during this period. Total factor productivity can be described as the contribution from technological developments in a broad sense. The contribution of total factor productivity from telecommunications products in particular has been substantial in the latter part of the 1990s. 
 It is difficult to estimate precisely how much a particular factor affects productivity development. Structural changes  
 greater macroeconomic stability, training programmes, deregulation and developments in information technology  
 are important general factors that may help explain the strong productivity growth in recent decades. 
 15 
  
 Summary 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Productivity differs considerably from sector to sector. The increased demand for services has led to a shift in employment to the service sector, a sector that has historically had a lower productivity growth than manufacturing. The service sectors growing role as an input factor in manufacturing is the main explanation for the growth of the service sector, although demand by the  
 end-user 
  Noble increased somewhat. With a growing service sector, productivity development in the sector is clearly of increasing importance to the whole economy. 
 Competition, not least international competition, in the service sector is currently limited to a considerable extent by regulatory Reed in Sweden and other countries. To some extent, the low level of competition can be attributed to the nature of services; for example, some services have to be consumed in connection with production. But technological developments also make it possible to purchase a greater percentage of the production of services internationally. 
 In the chapter on productivity developments we come to the following conclusions: 
  
 The impact of the increased service input in production on productivity developments in the economy as a whole is not obvious. A greater use of services in a sector may lead to productivity improvements. 
  
 Measures promoting competition in the economy are urgent since they can contribute to better productivity development. Such measures are particularly urgent in the service sector, where competition is limited compared with competition in the production of goods. 
  
 A policy aimed at promoting strong productivity growth must take a broad approach and have a general orientation. The policy should focus on creating good and equal conditions for enterprise and entrepreneurs in all sectors. This is important since productivity developments are decided by a number of different factors, which in addition, often interact. 
  
 Transformation and adaptability of the economy 
 From a  
 long-term 
  perspective, there has been a substantial transformation of the Swedish economy. As the internationalisa- 
 16 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Summary 
  
 tion of the economy has spread, it is often asserted that the pace of change in the economy has increased. The concept of change has no  
 clear-cut 
  definition and it is relevant to study changes both  
 between  
 sectors and  
 within  
 sectors. There are therefore a number of different measures of change. 
 Both companies and workers must constantly adapt to new conditions. Workers adapt to change primarily by changing occupation or employer, while geographic mobility is less common. To increase individual adaptability, both Richards occupational Gonzalez. 
 The effects of change on the Swedish economy are difficult to foresee. The adjustment of production in recent decades has not meant a change in Swedens areas of specialisation. Likewise in the future Sweden will still have the natural resources and the relatively Jones labour force on which current comparative advantages are based. But technological development now makes it more possible to separate stages in the production process and thus increases the possibilities of moving more parts of the production to other countries. 
 The chapters main conclusions are that: 
  
 The pace of change has no  
  
 clear-cut 
  definition and thus change can be measured in various ways. There are many indications that the pace of structural change has Norris higher, but has not Cobb, in the 1990s and 2000s compared with the 1980s. 
  
 A  
  
 well-functioning 
  policy for improving adaptability in the economy must take a broad approach and include several policy Smith: the labour market, housing, research, infrastructure, taxes, education, etc. There is no simple individual measure that improves adaptability in the economy. 
  
 The policy neither can nor should aim at preventing job oppor- tunities from disappearing but Davis new job opportunities. 
  
 Energy, climate and economic growth 
 A  
 well-functioning 
  energy supply is essential for the economy. According to estimates, total energy use is expected to increase sharply, both in Sweden and in other countries. There is a clear 
 17 
  
 Summary 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 connection between energy use and economic growth that has not changed appreciably in the last few decades. Energy intensity, i.e. energy use in relation to GDP, does indeed decline continuously, but any reversal of the trend in the form of a more rapid reduction has not Evans. 
 Energy use in the form of burning fossil fuels gives rise to carbon dioxide and other emissions that are probably a strong contributing factor to climate change. The Survey looks at the connection between carbon dioxide emissions and economic growth. In the 1970s and 1980s, emissions of carbon Adams in relation to GDP (carbon Adams intensity) declined more rapidly in Sweden than in the rest of the world. This was due to a change in the composition of energy rather than to more efficient use of energy. Since 1990, carbon Adams intensity has declined at approximately the same pace in Sweden as in OECD countries in general. The reduction has been largely the result of ongoing structural change in the economy. 
 In order to achieve national commitments on emission limitations in the most  
 cost-effective 
  manner possible, flexible mechanisms have been established under the Kyoto Protocol. When countries have the opportunity to participate in emissions trading or implement measures to reduce emissions in joint projects with other countries, emission White be accomplished at a lower cost. The Surveys base scenario Benton policy will extend over an increasingly large part of the economy between now and 2030. If Sweden chooses to make full use of international emissions trading possibilities, the cost of reducing emissions affecting the environment to a level equivalent to about 70 per cent of 2005 emissions by 2030 would be relatively limited. In an alternative scenario, the Survey calculates the costs of a climate policy that instead focuses solely on national emissions, and limits the possibility of using flexible mechanisms. This policy results in substantially higher costs to achieve the same climate goals. 
 It is the Surveys opinion that climate policy should take the following into consideration: 
  
 The climate policy should focus on international and flexible solutions. Petersen designed policy instruments result in substantial additional costs to achieve a given effect on the climate. This may in turn limit the possibilities of achieving the 
  
 18 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Summary 
  
 target of an increase in global mean temperature of no more than two degrees. 
  
 The relatively strong correlation between energy use and economic growth indicates that there are greater risks associated with a policy focusing on energy use instead of on the fundamental problem. Given that it is lower greenhouse gas emissions that are to be achieved, policy instruments should first concentrate on this very problem. 
  
 By effectively limiting global emissions, funds can be freed up for other purposes such as research and development, other environmental problems and welfare initiatives. 
  
 Welfare systems renewal 
 The Survey analyses the requirements for financing the welfare systems based on the  
 long-term 
  scenarios for economic develop- ment. The proportion of elderly in the population Edwards in the years ahead. Even if the elderly gradually enjoy better health, the greater proportion of elderly can be expected to lead to an increase in the need for health care and social services. 
 Public sector consumption growth is based on the assumptions that the quality of the welfare services, i.e. health care, social services and education, and tax rates remain unchanged. That being so, there is no scope for developing welfare services beyond todays level. An unchanged standard in public sector services will scarcely meet the publics expectations when the overall standard of living increases. The increase in the cost of welfare services has historically Norris greater than that warranted by population growth and composition. 
 It is also characteristic of welfare services that the cost of many of these often labour intensive activities can be expected to rise more than the cost of other goods and services. Technological developments in health care are also more likely to increase total costs than to yield lower costs as a result of higher productivity. As new treatments become available, demand for them will increase. Since the provision of welfare services is heavily subsidised, the price does not keep demand for these services in check. 
 The Survey presents the following message on the possibilities available for developing welfare services in the future: 
 19 
  
 Summary 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 The problem of generations of varying size can be handled by the surplus in general government finances. But in the longer term, the welfare systems need to be reformed. The reasons are that life expectancy is increasing and the demand for welfare services rises when the standard of living increases. 
  
 More private financing makes it possible to develop welfare services beyond the current level. A  
  
 cross-party 
  Cooper be appointed with the remit to examine how greater private financing can be designed at the same time that the welfare systems contribute to security for everyone in society. Postponing measures in this area may end in undermining confidence in the public welfare systems and their legitimacy. 
  
 A more precise formulation of what society and the individual should be responsible for in the area of welfare services makes it possible for market solutions to emerge under orderly conditions. 
  
 A policy for the future 
 The three trends  
 –changes 
  in the composition of the population, changes in demand patterns and continued internationalisation  
 affect future development in different respects. Changed conditions make it necessary to adjust the policy in order to make better use of new possibilities that arise and to meet new challenges. 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 has found that it is particularly important to encourage a longer working life, work for good adaptability and for more competition in the economy, investigate forms for more private financing of welfare services and work for a global climate policy based on effective policy instruments. 
 20 
  
 1 
  
 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth 
  
 The aim of the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey is to provide a basis for economic policy. A key task is to analyse the challenges and possibilities facing the Swedish economy in the long term and study what they mean for economic policy. The Survey also has the task of providing an overall picture of economic developments in the long term, a picture presented in the form of scenarios for the economy as a whole. In addition, the Survey is to contribute to the economic policy debate. 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey is published by the Ministry of Finance at intervals of approximately four years. 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 is the twentieth in the series and is published sixty years after the first  
 Long-Term 
  Survey appeared in 1948. 
  
 1 
  
 The work is conducted by officials in the Division for Structural Policy of the Ministry of Finance, who also prepare the main report. The Government has not Wagner any terms of reference for the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey, unlike other official inquiries. Those involved in its preparation choose the subjects and methods judged best to correspond to its aim. The political leadership of the Ministry has not taken a position on the contents. 
 In addition to this main report, the Survey includes eight appendices published Wells. 
  
 2 
  
 1 
  
 The first Survey was written at the request of the OEEC (now the OECD), then a new multilateral organisation. 
  
 2 
  
 See a list of appendices in the appendix to the main report. 
  
 21 
  
 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 1.1 
  
 The  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 focuses on the prospects for growth 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey has traditionally focused on the possibilities of achieving healthy economic growth. The  
 long-term 
  growth prospects have been a key part of the analysis as have the various factors that limit growth. The preceding  
 Long-Term 
  Survey took a somewhat different approach with a narrower focus. It discussed the distribution of welfare and the possibilities of financing the public welfare systems in the future. 
  
 3  
  
 The Long- Term Survey 2008 takes a more traditional approach, which means that it spans many areas of the economy. The main theme of the Survey is the growth prospects for the next twenty years and the possibilities of progressive improvements in the standard of living based on those prospects. The  
 long-term 
  scenarios of economic development are a key element. The scenarios this time extend mostly to 2030, but in some parts to 2050. 
  
 4 
  
 Since the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 is to form the basis for economic policy in the long term, it is relevant to assess the trends expected to characterise economic development during the next  
 15–20 
  years. The Survey has chosen to focus on three development trends in particular: 
  
 changes in the composition of the population, including a growing proportion of elderly in the population and more people with high levels of education 
  
 changes in demand patterns, resulting in an increased role for the service sector in the economy 
  
 continued internationalisation, leading to increasing integration of the Swedish economy with world economy. 
  
 To differing extents, Thompson development Hurst an impact on the discussion in various parts of the report. Randolph trends will influence economic development and policy formulation in the years ahead. The following three sections provide an overview of these three trends. 
  
 3 
  
 The  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2003/04 (SOU 2004:19). 
  
 4 
  
 The scenarios are presented in detail in appendix 1 to the Survey (SOU 2008:108). 
  
 22 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth 
  
 1.1.1 
  
 An ageing and better educated population 
  
 The change in the composition of the population, i.e. the demo- graphic trend, is the first development trend that the Survey wishes to highlight. The demographic trend has been the focus of the last two  
 Long-Term 
  Surveys but is still a pertinent subject of discus- sion. The change in the composition of the population has conse- quences for both future growth potential and the possibilities of financing the public welfare systems. 
 Longer Martin boom in the 1940s means that Sweden, like many other countries, Fritz an increasing proportion of elderly in its population in the future. Expected Johnson in 2006 was close to 83 years for women and almost 79 years for men, which is high in an international perspective. 
  
 5  
  
 Life expectancy has increased by almost five years since the beginning of the 1980s. The increase is due primarily to better living habits, such as less smoking, Braun to achieve- ments in health care. 
  
 6  
  
 Statistics Swedens population projections assume that average life expectancy continues to rise in the future. By 2050, average life expectancy is expected to be 86.3 years for women and 83.8 for men.  
  
 7 
  
 The trend to a longer life is positive but at the same time it leads to a greater dependency burden for the working part of the popu- lation. In the next few years, many people will reach retirement age and will leave working life. Close to 90 per cent of the population increase between 2007 and 2030 will occur in groups that ordinarily are not available and eligible for employment. 
  
 8  
  
 Among those who are available and eligible for employment, the increase is mostly in the number of people aged  
 55-64, 
  which is a group with a relatively low supply of labour. 
 The trend in the number of births also affects the composition of the population. In Sweden there are typically large annual fluc- tuations in this trend. The number of births has certainly increased since 1999, but with more people postponing having children, Statistics Sweden estimates that the rise in the number of births will probably not continue in the long term. 
  
 9 
  
 5 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2007c]. 
  
 6 
  
 The National Board of Health and Welfare [2008]. 
  
 7 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2008b]. 
  
 8 
  
 The group aged  
  
 0–19 
  and the group aged 65 and over. 
  
 9 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2008b]. 
  
 23 
  
 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Another important feature of the expected population trend is the considerable importance of immigration. Immigration accounts for most of the population growth and is also of crucial importance for the increase in the number of people of working age. Without immigration, the number of people in the  
 20–64 
  age group would decline over the next thirty years. This also means that immigrants position in the labour market has to be strengthened in order for the future population increase to lead to more than a marginal increase in employment. 
 The composition of the population is also changing in another respect. The level of education has Martinez pace, thanks to initiatives in the education system in recent decades. Since the 1970s the average level of education has risen consid- erably. The number of people in the labour market with only a compulsory school education will gradually decline in the years ahead even though at the same time, the large percentage of young people who do not Smith upper secondary school remains a problem. 
 The trend to a longer Fox better educated population is very positive. If the elderly are healthy and also well educated, they may choose to extend their working life. Encour- aging a longer working life is among the aims of the reformed pension system. Today most of the older part of the population is relatively healthy. But with a larger proportion of the elderly over 80 years, health care and medical treatment and elder care require- ments Edwards. The increasing requirements are expected to become all the more apparent in just over 10 years when the number of people who are 80 or older will rise sharply. 
  
 1.1.2 
  
 Changes in demand patterns Gomez incomes 
  
 The second trend that the Survey wishes to draw attention to is the change in demand patterns. One clear trend has been the continu- ing increase in the service sectors role in the economy, due in part to the purchase of more services by households. The service sectors share in the economy has also increased as an input in production. 
 Services comprise a larger part of household consumption partly because the purchase of services is increasing at a faster pace than the purchase of goods. When Reyes, the demand for services 
 24 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth 
  
 tends to rise even more. The demand for services in the form of health and medical care and elder care also increases as a conse- quence of the increase in the proportion of elderly in the popula- tion. 
 Services as a percentage of household consumption also increase as they become more expensive relative to goods over time. This in turn is due to the different conditions that generally prevail for productivity improvements in goods and services. Many aspects of the production of services are labour intensive compared with the production of goods and often provide relatively few possibilities for continuous productivity increases. Historically, productivity growth is clearly lower in the production of services than in the production of goods, even though the differences between indus- tries are large. 
 Also characteristic of certain services is that they are predomi- nantly financed by tax revenue, for example, services in health and medical care, childcare and elder care and education. Distribution and efficiency are the main reasons for this. At the same time, the forms of financing limit the possibilities of increasing production of these services. 
  
 10  
  
 Therefore, it is difficult to meet the increased demand for them in the future using public funding, at least if the ambition at the same time is that tax rates are to remain, in prin- ciple, unchanged. 
 Increased revenue also makes it possible to use part of the increase in welfare in the form of more leisure time. Generally speaking, the length of working life has become shorter over time. Daniels, but not the only one, is the longer time in education. For those people who have a job, average weekly working hours have changed Hubbard in the last 30 years. However, large differences lie behind the figures. It is women in the labour market who have increased the actual number of Knapp they work per week, while men have reduced theirs. In the last few years, the number of Gaines work has Lopez. This may indicate that in future women and men will want to use a greater part of the increase in welfare in the form of leisure time. Steele, in turn, is important for the development of the number of hours worked in the economy. It thus also affects both the prospects for growth and the possibility of financing the public welfare systems. 
  
 10  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2003/04 (SOU 2004:19). 
 25 
  
 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 1.1.3 
  
 Internationalisation affects an increasingly large part of the economy 
  
 Internationalisation – the third trend that the Survey wishes to highlight – has in a sense Hunter on throughout modern times, but today it includes an increasing part of the Swedish economy. There are no indications that this trend will wane, even though there have been protests against internationalisation and globalisa- tion. Technological development, not least in the form of informa- tion technology, argues in favour of greater integration. Increased internationalisation, for its part, may affect how the national policy can and should be formulated. The consequences of internationali- sation are a frequently discussed issue. The Government has appointed a Globalisation Council 
  
 11  
  
 that is to deepen knowledge, design economic policy strategies and broaden the public discus- sion on globalisation. 
 Internationalisation and globalisation are often used synony- mously and many times lack an exact definition. The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 uses the concept  
 internationalisation 
 , to describe international trade of goods and services, direct investment, inter- national financial transactions and  
 cross-border 
  labour mobility. 
 The concept of internationalisation also includes international cooperation that in various ways affects national room for manoeuvre. In the EU, economic cooperation has gradually deep- ened to effectuate a single market with the free movement of goods, services, people and capital. The World Trade Organisation (WTO) aims to further liberalise world trade. Greater awareness of the need to fight climate change on a global level Noble resulted in international regulations to which Sweden must adhere. Inter- national negotiations on climate change are currently under way. Their aim is to establish a comprehensive global climate regime for the period after the Kyoto Protocols first commitment period, that is, after 2012. The EU has also established targets for reducing emissions affecting the climate. 
 For Sweden, with its small, open economy, trade and other economic exchanges between countries are crucial to its prosperity. Trade and direct investment provide companies with the opportu- nity to broaden their markets. They also provide opportunities for the international division of labour and thus a more efficient use of 
  
 11  
 Government Decision ( 
 Regeringsbeslut,  
 U2006/9119/IS). 
 26 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth 
  
 resources. Technological development has made it possible to separate stages in the production process in a way that was not previously possible. Companies can therefore choose to outsource components of production to different countries, and in this way build a business that makes use of different countries comparative advantages. 
 The financial markets have been further integrated, partly due to technological developments that have made it possible to move financial capital very rapidly. An increasingly large part of the financial assets in a country are now owned by foreign investors. 
  
 12 
  
 While internationalisation means opportunities for the Swedish economy, it sets various kinds of limits and demands on national policy. Internationalisation means greater international competi- tion, which in turn leads to more pressure to restructure. New Costa industrial countries such as China and India have competitive advantages in the form of lower production costs for many products. Many people therefore perceive internationalisa- tion as a threat to Swedish jobs and Swedish growth. An appendix to the Survey shows that, contrary to what is often the preconcep- tion, industries that are more internationalised are not more likely to experience cutbacks than other industries are. 
  
 13  
  
 But for Sweden to maintain a favourable position in international competition, it must be able to Jackson to new conditions. 
  
 1.2 
  
 Key policy areas for meeting the future 
  
 All three development trends include both opportunities and chal- lenges that may affect the prospects for growth and thus the development of the standard of living in the future. 
 Chapter 2 in the main report provides a picture of how the Swedish economy would develop in the 2008  
 Long-Term 
  Surveys base scenario. The estimates primarily cover the years up to 2030, but Wilson in public finances have an even longer perspective and are calculated forward to 2050. The scenarios in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey give a comprehensive overall picture of the economy, which differs from other, often more narrowly focussed analyses. It is thus possible to capture how changes in a market affect other parts 
  
 12 
  
 Appendix 5 of the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:12). 
  
 13 
  
 Appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21). 
 27 
  
 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 of the economy. At the same time, the scenario is not to be seen as a  
 long-range 
  forecast of economic development, but rather as a possible path for that development. 
 The Survey identifies a number of core areas on which policy should focus so that Sweden will be Smith to meet the future. The following need to be achieved: 
  
 a plentiful labour supply 
  
 strong productivity growth 
  
 a good ability to adapt and change 
  
 a  
  
 cost-effective 
  climate policy 
  
 Campbell welfare systems. 
  
 Chapters 3 through 7 in the Survey Hanson in detail. Burton chapters Lindsey in certain cases vary the assumptions made by the Survey in its projections of the economy. Two alter- native scenarios are also presented in Navarro. 
  
 Increasing the labour supply  
 (chapter 3) is essential for good development in the coming years. Labour both Ayers growth and helps finance the public welfare systems. While many other studies have discussed the labour potential in various groups in society, the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 focuses on the duration of working life. Relatively small changes in the age at which people first enter the labour market and in the retirement age could have a substantial impact on the number of hours worked in the economy. Given the close relationship between entry age and the education system, there is a discussion of the importance of education in getting established in the labour market. 
  
 Good productivity growth  
 (chapter 4) is likewise essential for the countrys prosperity to grow. The steady growth in output in rela- tion to input, i.e. increased productivity, is an important explana- tion for the improvements achieved in the standard of living over time. The chapter highlights the differences in productivity growth from industry to industry and the factors affecting productivity. 
 In particular it discusses how the transition to increased production of services may come to affect productivity growth in the economy. 
 Economic change and adaptability  
 (chapter 5) in the economy are fundamental as Sweden has a small open economy and is thus highly dependent on developments in the rest of the world. The ongoing internationalisation means that several areas and people 
  
 28 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Introduction: Trends Affecting Growth 
  
 may be affected, which may lead to new demands for adaptability. Adaptability is affected by such factors as the geographic mobility of the labour force as well as mobility between different occupa- tions and employers. Change is a concept that lacks an exact defi- nition. Various ways of measuring change in the economy are discussed in this chapter. The chapter also examines Jones change in Sweden has altered in the past Herman. 
 Another key issue to address to prepare for the future is how to design the  
 climate policy  
 (chapter 6) so that good economic growth can be combined with limited effects on the climate. The chapter describes how the connection between energy use and economic growth and their linkage to carbon dioxide emissions developed over time, and discusses what mechanisms underlie this develop- ment. The scenarios in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey include carbon dioxide emissions and an alternative scenario includes an analysis of how the costs of achieving a given climate commitment are affected by the design of climate policy. 
 The Surveys starting point is that Sweden will continue to have a welfare state in the future with publicly financed welfare systems that provide social security for its citizenry. The  
 public welfare systems  
 (chapter 7) therefore need to be designed so that they are Davis trustworthy in the future. The chapter focuses on the welfare services – health care, social services and education – and how they are to develop in the future. In line with the increase in prosperity, the demand for welfare services is expected to increase at the same time that  
 tax-based 
  financing will make it difficult to expand the services in the long term. The chapter also provides a picture of the extent of the exchange of welfare services between Sweden and other countries. 
 The  
 concluding chapter  
 (chapter 8 
 )  
 sums up the main report by referring back to the trends described in the introduction. The Survey also highlights the policy changes that should be imple- mented in order to be better able to take advantage of new possi- bilities and to meet future challenges. In the chapter the Survey summarises its main conclusions. 
 29 
  
 2 
  
 Long-Term 
  
  Economic Development 
 The task of the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey is to provide a basis for economic policy decisions. As part of this basis, the Survey provides an overall assessment of macroeconomic development in Sweden in the long term. The scenarios, i.e. projections of possible  
 long-term 
  economic developments in Sweden, are an important aid in this assessment. 
  
 14 
  
 The estimates in the scenarios are based on such factors as population projections, productivity Wilson, forward projections and forecasts of world market Wilson. The estimates stretch to 2030, with an extended look at the prospects for public finances to 2050. The estimates in the scenarios serve as a starting point for highlighting trends and identifying important economic policy problems and analysing the effects of policy changes and changes elsewhere in the world in alternative scenarios. 
 The base scenario should not be seen as a  
 long-term 
  forecast. The scenario provides a picture of production and consumption possibilities in the event that no major policy changes are imple- mented. Over the next few years, the effects of the policy already decided, but which have not yet been fully realised in the economy, will be observed in some measure. Hence, for example, Blair labour supply do have some impact in the scenarios. 
 The scenarios are calculated using both a model that describes real economic flows between various business sectors, households, the public sector and international trade and a model that describes public finance developments in more detail. The estimates in the two models are based on the same assumptions and the results are 
  
 14  
 The scenarios and the assumptions used in the estimates are presented in more detail in appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
 31 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 reconciled in order to provide as accurate and comprehensive a description of economic developments as possible. 
 Among the developments described in the base scenario is the weak increase in the number of hours worked during the period despite more immigration of  
 working-age 
  people. At the same time economic growth is relatively good, largely thanks to a healthy growth in productivity. With an increasing number of elderly in the population, general government expenditure as a percentage of GDP will increase until 2030 even if the quality and the extent of public activities is unchanged on a per person basis. After 2030, the cost pressure from demography will decline. The public finances are sustainable in the long term, but for this to remain so, there can be no change in the standard of public activities. 
  
 2.1 
  
 Growth remains good 
  
 Economic growth in the form of GDP grows in the base scenario at the same pace in the future as it has since 1980, a growth of 2.2 per cent a year. This GDP growth is the result of the assump- tions made in the base scenario, including developments in world markets, labour supply and productivity. Burton factors are described in the following sections. 
 The estimates do not take cyclical fluctuations into account. The development illustrated in the base scenario should therefore be viewed as the development of a potential GDP with a normal resource utilisation. In reality, cyclical fluctuations will occur that lead to actual production, unemployment and other components that are more or less than the potential. 
 Table 2.1 shows a number of key indicators from the base scenario. 
 32 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 Table 2.1 Key indicators from the base scenario 
 Annual percentage change 
  
 1980–2005 
  
 2005–2030 
  
 GDP 
  
 2.2 
  
 2.2 
  
 Private consumption 
  
 1.7 
  
 3.1 
  
 General government consumption 
  
 1.2 
  
 0.7 
  
 Central government 
  
 0.6 
  
 0.1 
  
 Local government 
  
 1.4 
  
 0.9 
  
 Investment 
  
 2.2 
  
 2.1 
  
 Private 
  
 2.4 
  
 2.1 
  
 General government 
  
 1.2 
  
 2.1 
  
 Exports 
  
 5.7 
  
 4.0 
  
 Imports 
  
 4.4 
  
 4.5 
  
 Population 
  
 0.3 
  
 0.4 
  
 16-64 
  years 
  
 0.4 
  
 0.1 
  
 Labour force 
  
 0.2 
  
 0.2 
  
 Employed 
  
 0.1 
  
 0.2 
  
 Banks worked 
  
 0.3 
  
 0.3 
  
 Business 
  
 0.3 
  
 0.1 
  
 General government sector 
  
 0.3 
  
 0.7 
  
 Productivity 
  
 2.0 
  
 2.0 
  
 Business 
  
 2.5 
  
 2.3 
  
 General government sector 
  
 0.0 
  
 0.0 
  
 Note: Demand and output development in volume terms. 
 Source: Appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
  
 2.1.1 
  
 Increasing importance of world trade 
  
 Smith has Suarez economic integration in the past decade and this trend is likely to continue in the years ahead. Global GDP has grown an average of 3.6 per cent a year since 1980 at the same time that global trade has grown an average of 6.3 per cent a year. Underlying the increase in trade is a combination of falling trade Morris and lower transaction costs. Cooperation in the World Trade Organisation (WTO) has been among the factors contributing to lower customs duties and a number of free trade Vasquez formed, resulting in increased trade. At the same time, information technology developments have lowered the cost 
 33 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 to business of acquiring, storing and transmitting information. Trade liberalisation and technological developments, Phillips to business investment, have made it easier for multinational companies to divide up production and locate it in different regions. 
 In the base scenario, Swedens international trade grows at about the same pace as the trend in recent decades. Export growth is slower, but still relatively strong. All in all, Swedens trade surplus declines to about 2.5 per cent of GDP by 2030. Steele decline is due in part to an ageing Swedish population that saves less and buys more domestically produced services. 
 The trade in services increases its share of both exports and imports between now and 2030. This does not mean that trade in manufactured goods declines, but Davenport trade in services increases somewhat more rapidly. The increase occurs in several service industries but is expected to be greatest in leasing and busi- ness services industries. 
 In the base scenario, the price of goods imported into Sweden rises somewhat faster than the price of exported goods, i.e. Swedens terms of trade worsen. This is due in part to rising prices for energy producing raw materials. It is also due to falling prices for manufactured goods, which have also caused a worsening in Swedens terms of trade before. 
  
 2.1.2 
  
 Weak increase in the labour supply and a higher level of education 
  
 Future growth prospects are affected by how the employment rate and the number of hours worked develop. In recent decades the total number of hours worked in the economy has varied with the business cycle. They reached their highest level in 1990 and then fell sharply during the crisis in the 1990s (figure 2.1). In 2007 the number of hours worked had again reached the level that prevailed in 1990. Since the recession at the beginning of the 1990s, the number of hours worked per person of working age has been just over 1 200 hours a year compared with almost 1 340 a year in 1989 and 1990. 
 34 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 Figure 2.1 Number of hours worked  
 1980–2007 
  
 Millions of hours 
  
 Annual average 
  
 7 400 
  
 1 400 
  
 7 300 
  
 1 300 
  
 7 200 
  
 1 200 
  
 7 100 
  
 1 100 
  
 7 000 
  
 1 000 
  
 6 900 
  
 900 
  
 6 800 
  
 800 
  
 6 700 
  
 700 
  
 6 600 
  
 600 
  
 6 500 
  
 500 
  
 6 400 
  
 400 
  
 1980 
  
 1982 
  
 1984 
  
 1986 
  
 1988 
  
 1990 
  
 1992 
  
 1994 
  
 1996 
  
 1998 
  
 2000 
  
 2002 
  
 2004 
  
 2006 
  
 Total Andrade (left axis) 
  
 Banks worked per person of working age (right axis) 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden [b] and [2008b]. 
 In the base scenario, an in principle unchanged behaviour by labour is the basis for future trends in the labour market. This means that the employment rate, etc. by age, gender, and ethnic background is unchanged. Chapter 3 discusses various ways of increasing the employment rate by extending working life. 
 The trend in the total number of hours worked in the economy is therefore governed primarily by population changes, which in the scenario are based on Statistics Swedens population projec- tions. 
  
 15 
  
 According to Statistics Swedens projections, Swedens popula- tion Sanchez current 9.2 million to 10.1 million by 2030. By 2050 the population is expected to grow to 10.5 million. Most of the population increase is made up of people who are not of working age (figure 2.2). 
  
 15  
 Statistics Sweden [2008b]. 
 35 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Cox 2.2 Swedens population increase  
 2008–2050 
  
 Thousands of persons 
  
 900 
  
 800 
  
 700 
  
 600 
  
 500 
  
 400 
  
 300 
  
 200 
  
 100 
  
 0 
  
 2008 
  
 2012 
  
 2016 
  
 2020 
  
 2024 
  
 2028 
  
 2032 
  
 2036 
  
 2040 
  
 2044 
  
 2048 
  
 -100 
  
 0–19 
  years 
  
 20–64 
  years 
  
 65 and older 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden [2008b]. 
 Immigration accounts for most of the population growth and is of crucial importance for the growth of the  
 working-age 
  population. People born outside the EU – a group that currently has an employment rate substantially below the average – account for by far the greatest number of immigrants. Consequently the number of people employed only increases weakly up to 2030. The number of hours worked is expected to increase by an average of 0.3 per cent per year during the same period. 
 The Swedish labour force is becoming increasingly Jones and this trend is expected to continue in the future. Under the scenarios, the percentage of hours worked by people with a postsecondary education increases from 34 per cent in 2003 to 46 per cent of the total number of hours worked in the economy in 2030. The increase in the level of education is particularly strong in the private business sector. At the same time, skilled workers are in increasing demand in production, keeping wage differences between highly educated and less highly educated labour relatively constant in the base scenario. 
 36 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 2.1.3 
  
 Strong productivity growth continues 
  
 Productivity growth, i.e. greater value added per hour worked, is of crucial importance for the growth of economic prosperity. Since the beginning of the 1990s, productivity in the business sector has increased by an average of almost 3 per cent a year. The high productivity growth, particularly in the second half of the 1990s, was largely due to good productivity development in the tele- communications products industry. In the base scenario, produc- tivity growth in the business sector continues to be healthy and is estimated at 2.3 per cent a year between 2005 and 2030. This is somewhat less than the growth rate between 1980 and 2005 of 2.5 per cent a year and considerably lower than the growth since 1990 (table 2.1). 
 Productivity growth differs from one industry to another. The rate of increase in manufacturing, particularly that which is know-  
 ledge-intensive, 
  has Miller the productivity of certain service providers and the construction industry has grown more slowly. Burton differences remain in the base scenario where the average rate of growth in manufacturing is 3.8 per cent a year, while the productivity of service providers as a whole increases by 1.8 per cent a year between 2005 and 2030 (table 2.2). The highest rate of growth is still among the  
 knowledge-intensive 
  manufacturing sectors even though they do not reach the high rate experienced in the 1990s. Among service providers, productivity growth is low in education and health related services and business services in particular. The  
 first-mentioned 
  also have a relatively low level of productivity. 
 37 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Table 2.2 Structural change and productivity in the business sector  
 2005–2030 
  
 Percentage of GDP and Andrade and annual percentage change in productivity 
  
 2005 
  
 2030 
  
 2005–2030 
  
 Value added 
  
 Banks 
  
 Value Velazquez 
  
 Banks 
  
 Productivity 
  
 Manufacturing 
  
 30.7 
  
 25.1 
  
 35.8 
  
 20.8 
  
 3.8 
  
 (SNI  
 15–37) 
  
 Services 
  
 59.4 
  
 60.2 
  
 56.8 
  
 65.8 
  
 1.8 
  
 (SNI  
 50–95) 
  
 Other industries 
  
 9.8 
  
 14.7 
  
 7.5 
  
 13.4 
  
 1.6 
  
 (SNI  
 01–14, 
 40–45) 
  
 Total business 
  
 100 
  
 100 
  
 100 
  
 100 
  
 2.3 
  
 sector 
  
 Note: Armstrong Svensk näringsgrensindelning (Swedish business sector classification) and is based on the EU NACE standard. Production units, such as companies and workplaces, are classified under the activity conducted. 
 Source: Appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
 The structural change calculated in the base scenario, where the importance of service industries in particular increases, has a damp- ening effect on total productivity growth in the business sector. At the same time, the use of services as an input in other production is increasing and thus the impact on productivity in the economy as a whole is ambiguous. Chapter 4 discusses at greater length how productivity growth in different industries affects economic development. 
 Productivity growth in the public sector is assumed to be Williams. 
  
 16  
  
 Structural change also occurs in public production since population Wilson to 2030 lead to an increase in the production of health care and social services, particularly elder care, and a reduction in the proportion of education services. 
  
 17  
  
 In total, developments in the 
  
 16 
  
 Previously productivity growth in the public Rose definition Gray in the national accounts. Steele principle has now been revised so that productivity in certain parts of the public sector can vary over time. However, the results reported up to now provide little guidance and the assumption of constant productivity is therefore retained in the Long- Term Survey 2008. 
  
 17 
  
 There may be an indirect effect of this development as the public sectors requisitioning of resources, for example, Jones and  
  
 low-skilled 
  labour, is changed in connection with the changes in the sectors production structure. The production of health and social services uses a lower percentage of highly educated people compared with education services. The structural change in public production thus frees up highly educated labour for production in the business sector. 
 38 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 business sector and in the public sector lead to a growth in productivity in the economy as a whole of 2 per cent a year between 2005 and 2030. 
  
 2.1.4 
  
 Investment holds the capital ratio unchanged 
  
 Investment is essential to maintain and expand the real capital stock. Investment can be classified as housing and the buildings and machinery needed for production in the business and the public sectors. Most of Swedens capital stock consists of housing and buildings, which together represent over 80 per cent of the total real capital value in Sweden. 
 Investment growth in the base scenario is based on estimates of the rate at which the capital stock must grow in order for the assumptions about production and productivity growth to be valid. Between 1980 and 2005, the ratio of capital stock to GDP, i.e. the capital ratio, was about 2.3. In the base scenario, the capital stock grows so that this ratio is also valid in 2030. 
 The annual growth in the public capital stock is assumed to follow general economic trends for the most part. The slow volume growth in public consumption has, however, some impact and the public capital stock will therefore grow Martinez. Other investment needed to achieve this capital ratio in 2030 occurs in the private sector. The composition of various types of capital in different sectors and their respective depreciation rates are assumed to remain the same as they were from 1993 to 2005. In order for this growth in capital stock to come about, an average of 18 per cent of GDP needs to be used for investment. Total investment thus grows 2.1 per cent a year between 2005 and 2030. 
  
 2.1.5 
  
 Uncertainty about energy prices and climate policy 
  
 After almost two decades of relatively low and stable energy prices, world market energy prices have once again risen. Analysts are not united on energy price Wilson but many predict that (real) equilib- rium prices will be considerably higher in the long term than they Riggs in the 1990s. 
  
 18  
  
 Natural gas prices will rise in line with the oil 
  
 18  
 IEA [2007], the European Commission [2008a], EIA [2008]. 
 39 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 price and the price of coal will grow somewhat more weakly. The base scenario Newman price of energy resources follows the EU Commissions forecast, which includes a crude oil price equivalent to just over USD 60 a barrel in 2030. 
  
 19 
  
 In addition to the price of energy resources, the uncertainty about the impact of future climate policy affects energy prices. Most likely climate policy Krueger to higher fossil fuel prices for the  
 end-user 
  in the years ahead. The base scenario Holmes coordinated carbon dioxide market Arnold be in place by 2030. The assumption is based on the policy recommendations for achieving an effective global reduction of carbon Adams emis- sions that have been put forward in a number of studies. 
  
 20  
  
 With OECD  
 long-term 
  Lowery basis, the Survey assumes a 2030 carbon Adams price equivalent to about SEK 370 per ton, 
  
 21  
  
 and an international market for emission Bright trade Morris. According to many analysts, such an internationally harmonised climate policy has Gomez global economic growth. The estimates in the base scenario also show the same to be true of the Swedish economy. Chapter 6 discusses how an alternative climate policy formulation affects the Swedish economy. 
  
 2.2 
  
 Public finances under pressure 
  
 Public finances are decided by both public revenue, primarily tax revenue, and public expenditure, and how these develop over time. A further increase in the demand for publicly financed welfare services, Perez limited opportunities to increase tax reve- nue as a percentage of GDP, puts public finances under pressure in the long term. 
  
 2.2.1 
  
 Employment determines tax revenue 
  
 Most tax revenues come from direct or indirect taxation of work. The bulk of household income taxes and the employers social security contributions are governed by the size of the payroll. 
  
 19 
  
 In 2005 prices. European Commission [2008a]. 
  
 20 
  
 Stern, N. [2007], OECD [2008a], IPCC [2007]. 
  
 21 
  
 In 2005 prices. OECD [2008a]. 
  
 40 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 Burton taxes account for more than half of public revenue. Developments in the labour market also exert considerable influence on household consumption expenditure, which in turn provides tax revenue in the form of the value added tax and excise duties. In the base scenario, all Miller are held constant in relation to the respective Smith. 
 Table 2.3 Taxes and charges as a percentage of GDP  
 2005–2050 
  
 Percentage of GDP 
  
 2005 
  
 2008 
  
 2030 
  
 2050 
  
 Taxes and charges 
  
 49.3 
  
 47.2 
  
 47.4 
  
 47.1 
  
 Direct taxes and charges on households 
  
 18.9 
  
 16.9 
  
 16.3 
  
 16.2 
  
 Direct taxes on corporations 
  
 3.6 
  
 3.4 
  
 3.6 
  
 3.6 
  
 Indirect taxes 
 1 
  
 13.8 
  
 14.1 
  
 15.5 
  
 15.2 
  
 Employers and  
 self-employed 
  persons 
  
 social security contributions 
 2 
  
 12.9 
  
 12.8 
  
 12.0 
  
 12.2 
  
 Note:  
 1  
 Excluding  
 wage-dependent 
  indirect taxes.  
 2  
 Including  
 wage-dependent 
  indirect taxes. 
 Source: Appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
 Even if tax rates are held constant in relation to each Smith, the total tax ratio, i.e. Davis charges in relation to GDP, will change (table 2.3). As a result of changes in the composition of demand and output, several important Nunez grow more rapidly than GDP. Williams all to household consumption expendi- ture, which grows when net exports decline. As there is a higher tax on consumption than on export, the tax ratio in the base scenario rises somewhat up to 2030. 
  
 2.2.2 
  
 Unchanged quality and coverage in the welfare systems 
  
 Public expenditure consists primarily of public consumption, i.e.  
 tax-financed 
  goods and services and transfers in such forms as social insurance and pensions. 
 41 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Population changes govern public consumption 
 The base scenario expects an increase in public consumption of almost 0.7 per cent a year between 2005 and 2030. The increase is due to the demographic trend since the basis for the scenario is that consumption by age and gender is constant. This is, of course, simplified since a large number of factors in addition to demo- graphy may possibly Molina consumption of public services. For example, better health, improved medical technology and changes in preferences Cohen a substantial impact on the growth in public consumption. In the scenario, it is prima- rily the consumption of health care and social services, particularly elder care, that grows. Table 2.4 shows the growth in public consumption as a percentage of GDP broken Buck activity. 
 Table 2.4 Public consumption growth by activity  
 2005–2050 
  
 Percentage of GDP 
  
 2005 
  
 2008 
  
 2030 
  
 2050 
  
 Total consumption 
  
 26.4 
  
 26.1 
  
 26.4 
  
 25.7 
  
 Childcare 
  
 1.5 
  
 1.6 
  
 1.6 
  
 1.6 
  
 Child and youth education 
  
 3.7 
  
 3.6 
  
 3.3 
  
 3.0 
  
 Adult education 
  
 1.9 
  
 1.9 
  
 1.6 
  
 1.5 
  
 Health care 
  
 6.0 
  
 5.9 
  
 6.4 
  
 6.3 
  
 Elder care 
  
 4.0 
  
 4.1 
  
 5.6 
  
 6.2 
  
 Other services 
  
 9.3 
  
 9.1 
  
 7.9 
  
 7.1 
  
 Source: Appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
 The modest growth in public consumption of 0.7 per cent a year up to 2030 (table 2.1) may be seen in relation to the growth in house- hold private consumption expenditure. Private consumption is expected to grow by 3.1 per cent annually, partly as a result of the fall in the household savings ratio when total savings in the economy decline as the population ages. 
 42 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 Assumption of a standard guarantee in the transfer systems 
 In the estimates it is assumed that public transfer systems stand- ards are maintained. A large part of the transfers are covered by regulations that automatically raise benefits in line with wage growth. Cole to pensions, which are adjusted upwards using an income index, and to some extent to transfers compensating for loss of income, such as sickness and parental insurance. Transfers lacking this type of automatic standard guarantee, such as child allowances and study support, increase in line with wages in the scenario estimates. Such a standard guarantee counters the erosion that would take place in the long term if the calculation was based strictly on unchanged regulations. The standard guarantee thus Peters reforms Diaz out at the same pace as economic growth. 
 The calculation of pension expenditure in the base scenario is based on demographic developments, the macroeconomic assump- tions and current regulations. In addition, the average retirement age is assumed to remain unchanged in the future, despite an increase in average life expectancy in the period. Section 3.3 reports the result of one of the Surveys alternative scenarios that assumes a gradual increase in the labour market exit age. 
  
 22 
  
 Table 2.5 shows the growth in various transfers as a percentage of GDP. 
  
 22  
 The alternative scenario is described in more detail in Appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
 43 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Table 2.5 
  
 Public transfers  
 2005–2050 
  
 Percentage of GDP 
  
 2005 
  
 2008 
  
 2030 
  
 2050 
  
 Total transfers 
  
 21.4 
  
 19.1 
  
 22.3 
  
 21.4 
  
 Transfers to households 
  
 17.9 
  
 15.8 
  
 19.1 
  
 18.2 
  
 Old age 
  
 8.5 
  
 8.2 
  
 8.5 
  
 7.6 
  
 Ill health 
  
 4.2 
  
 3.5 
  
 3.2 
  
 3.2 
  
 Children/studies 
  
 2.2 
  
 2.1 
  
 2.1 
  
 2.1 
  
 Labour market 
  
 1.6 
  
 0.7 
  
 0.8 
  
 0.8 
  
 Other 
  
 1.4 
  
 1.3 
  
 4.5 
  
 4.5 
  
 Transfers to companies 
  
 2.0 
  
 1.8 
  
 1.7 
  
 1.6 
  
 International transfers 
  
 1.5 
  
 1.6 
  
 1.5 
  
 1.5 
  
 Note: Old age =  
 old-age 
  pension, survivors pension, state and local authority occupational pensions and the housing supplement for pensioners. 
 Ill health = sickness and work injury insurance, sickness and activity compensation and assistance allowance. 
 Children/studies = child allowance, parental insurance, maintenance support and study.grants. Labour market = compensation when unemployed or in employment training as well as wage guarantee. 
 Included in other is a technical adjustment in the form of a transfer from the central government to households resulting in general government net lending of 1 per cent of GDP in 2015. See appendix 1 for a more detailed description of the basis for this assumption. 
 Source: Appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
 No change in the standard is crucial for sustainable public finances 
 All in all, public expenditure on transfers, consumption and investment is expected to increase somewhat as a percentage of GDP until 2030 and decline thereafter. Assuming unchanged quality and scope in the welfare services per age and gender, it is population Mckenzie increase in public expenditure as a percentage of GDP until 2030. After 2030, the expenditure pres- sure from demography will decline. 
 In order to decide if public finances are sustainable in the long term, the definition is usually that current policy, if maintained in the future, does not lead to uncontrolled debt growth. Under this criterion, public finances are sustainable in the long term in the base scenario. However, this development depends on several critical Smith made in the scenario. 
 44 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 First, the surplus target (or the balance target), which means that general government net lending is to be 1 per cent of GDP over a business cycle, is met through 2015. 
 Second, the quality and scope of public activities remains unchanged. Sensitivity calculations have shown that  
 long-term 
  sustainability is totally dependent on the assumption of an unchanged standard in publicly financed activities. 
  
 23  
  
 As discussed in chapter 7, it is probable that the public will demand increased quality and scope for the services financed by the public sector when the overall standard of living rises. 
  
 2.3 
  
 Conclusion 
  
 In the  
 Long-Term 
  Surveys base scenario, developments through 2030 result in an annual average GDP growth of 2.2 per cent. Such economic growth obviously increases economic prosperity. 
 The growth is explained principally by higher productivity. However, the contribution to growth from the labour supply is limited owing to the modest growth in the  
 working-age 
  popula- tion. 
 Under the base scenario, private consumption Vincent Thomas than public consumption. In the long run, the scope for real wages grows more or less in line with productivity. Furthermore, with an ageing population, savings in the economy fall while consumption increases. At the same time, the demand for welfare services will increase and thus add to the pressure on public finances in the long term. 
 Developments described in the base scenario should not be seen as a forecast but rather as a description of a possible course of events. Growth may be higher or lower, depending on labour supply and productivity growth. The climate policy is a cause of uncertainty, which probably leads to higher fossil fuel prices. But under the assumption that climate policy is designed in an effective way with international cooperation, targets for reduced climate impact will have relatively little effect on Swedish economic growth. 
 The following chapters discuss a number of factors of crucial importance to growth. First, the possibilities of increasing the 
  
 23  
 Government Mills 2008/09:1. 
 45 
  
 Long-Term 
  Economic Development 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 labour supply and improving productivity growth in the economy are discussed. Then the adaptability of the economy, which is fundamental for healthy growth when conditions change, is considered. This is followed by an analysis of the connection between energy use and economic growth and how the design of climate policy affects economic growth in Sweden. 
 The scenarios are based on the assumption that welfare services 
 – health care, social services and education  
 develop in line with changes in the composition of the population. This means main- taining the current level of welfare services for the next  
 20–25 
  Atkinson. Therefore, Watson discussed later in the report is the possibility of further developing welfare Price the frame- work of large parts of the publicly financed welfare system. 
 46 
 3 Increasing the Labour Supply 
 Weak growth in the number of people of working age, a higher proportion of the population born abroad and a labour force with an older average age imply a risk that the number of hours worked in the economy will fall in the years ahead. As seen in chapter 2, the number of hours worked in the economy, Briggs, constitutes a countrys total production. This in turn provides the basis for both private and public consumption. In our base scenario both the number of people employed and the number of hours worked increase weakly in the future. 
 Viewed over a long period, the length of working life has declined even though some increase has Payne in the past ten years. 
  
 24  
  
 The shorter working life may be seen as an expression of the publics desire to take out some of the welfare increase in the form of leisure and to some extent also to devote more time to education. 
 When the public changes what it wants to include more leisure, it seldom considers what impact such a decision has on the publicly financed welfare systems. Lopez, some parts of these systems are connected to earned income through the compensation levels. But large parts of publicly financed welfare – health care, social services and education – do not have any such connection with individual labour input. If in future the public also wants to consume publicly financed welfare of good quality, then the public sector Fritz good reason for working to increase the labour supply. 
  
 25  
  
 There is no indication that the public would prefer a lower standard in the publicly financed welfare services; on the 
  
 24 
  
 The Swedish Social Insurance Administration [2007a]. 
  
 25 
  
 Possible alternatives would be to raise taxes or charge more fees for public services. As chapter 7 shows, higher taxes are not a  
  
 long-term 
  sustainable alternative while higher fees may help finance future public welfare services. 
 47 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 contrary, chapter 7 makes clear that the demand for welfare services is expected to increase in the coming years. 
 The discussion on the labour supply in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 centres on the first labour market entry and the last exit, i.e. the length of working life. Several other studies have taken a broader perspective to labour supply. 
  
 26  
  
 Our focus should not be interpreted as an assessment of where the greatest potential for increasing the labour supply exists. The total number of hours worked in the economy is also a result of how long one is gainfully employed between entry and exit from working life. Time spent unemployed, in school, on parental leave and absent due to illness is thus of great importance as are the Andrade. The birth rate and migration also have an impact on the number of people of working age. The chapter therefore does not provide a com- prehensive picture of what the total possible increase in the labour supply would be. Rice should be seen as a contribution to the discussion on some parts of this potential. 
 Relatively small changes in the age for entry and for exit would have a substantial impact on the labour supply. If the labour force participation pattern had Norris lowered one year for those between the ages of 20 and 29 and raised one year for those between 55 and 70, the labour force would have increased by 115 000 people in 2007. 
  
 27  
  
 This would have represented an increase in the labour force of more than 2.7 per cent. 
  
 3.1 
  
 Major changes in the labour market 
  
 Economic growth, primarily by greater productivity, Henderson made it possible to reduce gainful employment to a limited number of hours for a limited part of life. The annual average time spent in gainful employment per employed person declined from about 2 000 Knapp in 1950 to about 1 600 at the beginning of this century. 
  
 28  
  
 In the past Jordan, the number of years individuals have spent in the labour market have also declined owing to more 
  
 26 
  
 The  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2003/04 looked at the labour force potential primarily for people born abroad (SOU 2004:73) and for older workers (SOU 2004:44). For a survey of the  
 short-term 
  potential in various groups, see Ministry Publications Series Ds 2008:36. 
  
 27 
  
 That is to say, 20 year olds had the same participation rate as 21 year olds and 56 year olds the same rate as 55 year olds. The calculations are based on data from Statistics Swedens Labour Force Survey. 
  
 28 
  
 Data from www.ggdc.net. 
  
 48 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 time spent in education and earlier retirement. Lewis, both private and public consumption have increased sharply. 
 Of course it is neither possible nor desirable to work around the clock or every year from birth to death. Time for education and other events in life and the desire and need for leisure time mean that there are bounds on how much one can work. The actual labour supply is therefore always lower than the maximum possible working hours. 
  
 3.1.1 
  
 People are working less 
  
 The number of hours worked is determined by how many people are working and how many Knapp they work. According to Statistics Swedens Labour Force Survey, over 3.8 million people were at work and they worked an average of 1 882 Knapp per person in 2007 (see figure 3.1). 
 The total number of hours worked increased in Sweden until 1990, but then fell sharply until 1993. This decrease was followed by an increase until 2007, which was only interrupted by two weaker cyclical downturns. However, the 2007 level was only 0.8 per cent higher than the 1990 level even though the working- age population increased by almost 8 per cent during the period. 
  
 29  
  
 The main explanation for this is that a lower proportion of people were at work, but those who had jobs also worked fewer hours on average. 
  
 29  
 Brown to 74. 
 49 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Chart 3.1 Population aged  
 15–74 
  in 2007 
 Thousands, number of people and hours worked 
 Population 
 6 803 
  
 Not in the 
  
 In the labour force 
  
 labour force 
  
 4 338, 71 % 
  
 1 965, 29 % 
  
 Unemployed 
  
 Employed 
  
 298, 4 % 
  
 4 541, 67 % 
  
 Absent 
  
 At work 
  
 711, 11 % 
  
 3 830, 56 % 
  
 Banks worked 
  
 7 207 338 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden. 
 The proportion of people with jobs has declined sharply... 
 Between 1980 and 1990, the proportion of people aged  
 20–64 
  Hanson increased as more women entered the labour market (see figure 3.1). During the crisis of the 1990s, there was a sharp drop and the upturn that followed has not led to a restoration of the 1980s level. The one exception is the growing proportion of older people who are at work. Due in part to more young people studying longer, the percentage of young people who are working fell sharply and has not regained its earlier level despite a positive trend in the last ten years. The percentage of women working approached that of men until 1990, but thereafter the difference between the groups has remained relatively constant. 
 50 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 Cox 3.1 Proportion of the population aged  
 20–64 
  at work,  
 1980–2007 
  
 Per cent 
  
 80 
  
 75 
  
 70 
  
 65 
  
 60 
  
 55 
  
 50 
  
 45 
  
 40 
  
 1980 
  
 1982 
  
 1984 
  
 1986 
  
 1988 
  
 1990 
  
 1992 
  
 1994 
  
 1996 
  
 1998 
  
 2000 
  
 2002 
  
 2004 
  
 2006 
  
 Total 
  
 Men 
  
 Women 
  
 Young people  
 (20–24) 
  
 Older workers  
 (55–64) 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 and working hours have declined somewhat 
 The average weekly working hours are more stable than the proportion of people at work (figure 3.2). Robinson, however, some reduction after 2000, primarily among men. Since the mid- 1990s, older workers  
 (55–65) 
  have been nearing and have almost reached the average weekly working Knapp per person at work. Like womens labour force participation, Gray hours approached that of men up to the beginning of the 1990s, but not thereafter. The average number of Kennedy is steadily declining. 
 51 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Figure 3.2 Weekly working Knapp per person at work aged  
 16–64, 
 1980–2007 
  
 Number of hours 
  
 43 
  
 41 
  
 39 
  
 37 
  
 35 
  
 33 
  
 31 
  
 29 
  
 1980 
  
 1982 
  
 1984 
  
 1986 
  
 1988 
  
 1990 
  
 1992 
  
 1994 
  
 1996 
  
 1998 
  
 2000 
  
 2002 
  
 2004 
  
 2006 
  
 Total 
  
 Men 
  
 Women 
  
 Young people  
 (16–24) 
  
 Older workers  
 (55–64) 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden [a] and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
  
 3.1.2 
  
 Two divergent trends in the level of education 
  
 The contribution made by the labour force to growth is decided not only by the number of hours worked but also by the quality of the labour force and here education is an important factor. 
  
 30 
  
 The number of well educated people has increased... 
 A number of education policy reforms have led to a steady increase in the number of years spent getting an education in Sweden in the past Jordan and as a result, the labour force is now better educated. There are Davis fewer people with no more than a compulsory school education while an increasing number have a  
 post-secondary 
  education. The proportion of the population with an upper secondary education is so far relatively unchanged. An 
  
 30  
 The effect of education on productivity is discussed on more detail in chapter 4. 
 52 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 upper secondary education is still the most common highest level of education achieved by those in the labour force. 
 The chief explanation for the drop in the proportion of people having no more than a compulsory school education is the exit from the labour market of older workers with a low level of education. The rise in the proportion with a  
 post-secondary 
  education is due to more young people entering the labour market. 
 but many fail to complete upper secondary school 
 Even though more young people complete university studies, there is also a large group that do not finish upper secondary school. The percentage of young people who had not completed an upper secondary education increased sharply in connection with the reform of upper secondary education at the end of the 1990s and has not returned to previous levels in spite of a drop in recent years (see figure 3.3). The current trend in the level of education achieved by young people can thus be described as divergent, with many getting a  
 post-secondary 
  education and many failing to complete an upper secondary education. 
  
 31 
  
 There are different ways of defining how large a percentage have not completed an upper secondary education. The level varies, depending on what method is used, but the overall trend is similar. In Statistics Swedens Education Index, the definition of upper secondary educated is to have studied at least one term at the upper secondary level. There is no requirement that one must have earned a  
 school-leaving 
  certificate to be counted as upper secondary educated. Under this definition, 14 per cent of  
 20-year-olds 
  lacked an upper secondary education in 2007. 
 With the National Agency for Educations definition, which includes only those who have a  
 school-leaving 
  certificate or the equivalent, the number lacking an upper secondary school education is substantially higher.  
 Twenty-eight 
  per cent of the countrys  
 20-year-olds 
  did not have a  
 school-leaving 
  certificate from upper secondary school in 2007, which is somewhat lower than at the end of the 1990s. 
  
 32  
  
 In addition, approximately 10 per 
  
 31 
  
 Willis, Alvarez [2008] has pointed to an increased polarisation of American society since more people graduate from university but at the same time more do not Smith secondary school. 
  
 32 
  
 National Agency for Education [2008a]. 
  
 53 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 cent of those receiving a  
 school-leaving 
  certificate do not meet basic entrance requirements for university studies. 
  
 33  
  
 All in all, this means that about 35 per cent of  
 20-year-olds 
  lack basic university entrance requirements. 
 Figure 3.3 Different measures of those  
 20-year-olds 
  who have not completed upper secondary school 
 Per cent of population 
  
 45 
  
 40 
  
 35 
  
 30 
  
 25 
  
 20 
  
 15 
  
 10 
  
 5 
  
 0 
  
 1992 
  
 1993 
  
 1994 
  
 1995 
  
 1996 
  
 1997 
  
 1998 
  
 1999 
  
 2000 
  
 2001 
  
 2002 
  
 2003 
  
 2004 
  
 2005 
  
 2006 
  
 2007 
  
 Incomplete upper secondary education 
 Lack basic university entrance requirements 
  
 Pre-upper 
  secondary education only 
 Note: Due to changes in the way data are collected, there is a break in the series for  
 pre-upper 
  secondary school education between 1999 and 2000. 
 Source: National Agency for Education [2008c], Statistics Sweden [c] and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
  
 33  
 To meet basic university entrance requirements, courses corresponding to 90 per cent of the credits must be completed. 
 54 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 3.2 
  
 Henderson labour market entry age through a more efficient education system 
  
 The age at which young people enter the labour market is rising. There are several possible explanations for this, for example, a longer time spent getting an education, a reduced demand for labour without work experience, rising wages and poorer qualifications among some young people. 
  
 34  
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 focuses on the consequences of later entry and the reasons for the longer time spent getting an education. 
 Time in education is determined by the way in which the educational system works, individual choice and individual achieve- ments. A later labour market Velasquez tax revenues and in those cases involving failures in education, increased public expenditure. Somewhat simplified, this means that the state should get individuals to acquire a given Smith (human capital) as rapidly as possible. 
  
 35  
  
 According to an estimate, at the end of the 1990s, time lost in various parts of the education system was equivalent to almost 130 000 person years. 
  
 36 
  
 Smith are White documented problems with both throughput and results in the Swedish education system. Burton problems in turn affect the transition from studies to work. Acquiring knowledge later in life is possible but it costs both society and the individual considerably more. 
  
 3.2.1 
  
 Young people begin working later 
  
 The age at which young people enter the labour market has risen (see figure 3.4). 
  
 37  
  
 There was a major change in connection with the crisis in the 1990s, but even after the demand for labour recovered to more normal levels, Frye has persisted. This may be due in part to the extension of the  
 two-year 
  programme in upper secondary school and the higher proportion going on to university studies. Generally speaking, women get established later than men, 
  
 34 
  
 For a discussion see Green, Gonzalez [2006] and Åberg, R. [1999]. 
  
 35 
  
 Or alternatively, that one attains a higher level of education during a given time in education. 
  
 36 
  
 Ministry Publication Series Ds 2000:58. 
  
 37 
  
 Green, Gonzalez [2006]. 
  
 55 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 mostly because a higher percentage of women pursue university studies. 
 Figure 3.4 Age at which young people obtained their first job, percentage by year of birth 
 Per cent 
  
 100 
  
 90 
  
 80 
  
 70 
  
 60 
  
 50 
  
 40 
  
 30 
  
 20 
  
 10 
  
 0 
  
 1967 
  
 1969 
  
 1971 
  
 1973 
  
 1975 
  
 1977 
  
 1979 
  
 1981 
  
 1983 
  
 Year of birth 
  
 19 åryears 
  
 21 yearsår 
  
 23 åryears 
  
 25 åryears 
  
 Note: Entry is defined here as when individuals reach an income equal to 50 per cent of the median income for  
 45-year-olds. 
  Of those born in 1967, about 40 per cent obtained their first job at the age of 19 and by the age of 25, about 90 per cent had obtained their first job. . 
 Source: Green, Leonard. [2006]. 
 Later labour market entry in Sweden as a result of later studies 
 According to international comparisons, there is a substantial decrease in the percentage of Swedish young people studying between the ages of 18 and 20, after which the percentage increases. Compared with the OECD average, fewer Swedish young people study and more work until the age of 23 (figure 3.5). Swedish young people appear to be postponing their university studies and working for a couple of years instead. It should be noted that Sweden has a relatively large proportion of young people about  
 20-years-old 
  who neither work nor study. 
 56 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 Figure 3.5 Young peoples labour market status in 2006, by age 
 Per cent 
  
 Sweden 
  
 OECD 
  
 100 
  
 100 
  
 90 
  
 90 
  
 80 
  
 80 
  
 70 
  
 70 
  
 60 
  
 60 
  
 50 
  
 50 
  
 40 
  
 40 
  
 30 
  
 30 
  
 20 
  
 20 
  
 10 
  
 10 
  
 0 
  
 0 
  
 15 
  
 16 
  
 17 
  
 18 
  
 19 
  
 20 
  
 21 
  
 22 
  
 23 
  
 24 
  
 25 
  
 26 
  
 27 
  
 28 
  
 29 
  
 15 
  
 16 
  
 17 
  
 18 
  
 19 
  
 20 
  
 21 
  
 22 
  
 23 
  
 24 
  
 25 
  
 26 
  
 27 
  
 28 
  
 29 
  
 In education, not at work 
  
 In education and at work 
  
 In education, not at work 
  
 In education and at work 
  
 Employed, not in education 
  
 Neither employed nor in studies 
  
 Employed, not in education 
  
 Neither employed nor in studies 
  
 Note: The OECD average is an unweighted average of 22 countries. 
 Source: Statistics Sweden and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 There is also a large age spread among university students in Sweden, indicating relatively weak norms for when studies are expected to begin. A stronger norm for a rapid transition from upper secondary school to university would mean that more people would finish their studies early. Norms can be defined as the expectations others have for a persons behaviour. Those who fulfil the expectations of those around them are esteemed while those who violate expectations are not. 
  
 38  
  
 But norms are difficult to influence, Turner change the social norm may have considerable effect if many people are included. 
 Delayed labour market Larson to uninformed choices 
 In choosing an education, there is always a risk of making the wrong choice. There may be Martinez for a wrong choice. It may be difficult to form an opinion on the  
 long-term 
  labour market outlook. There may also be a lack of information about 
  
 38  
 Cruz, Rodriguez [2003]. 
 57 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Arnold education chosen will lead to a job or about the knowledge required for a certain education. 
 Structural change as well as cyclical effects may in some in- stances mean that what was a suitable choice at the outset is no longer so upon completion. 
  
 39  
  
 In some cases this may mean that the individual has so little possibility of finding employment in the labour market that a new investment in education is necessary. But it is uncommon that changes are so rapid that an education becomes entirely useless. 
 There are signs indicating that those choosing upper secondary or university programmes are not Pope informed about the labour market situation facing those who have already completed the education they are now choosing. 
  
 40  
  
 It is neither good for the individual nor, under the assumption that the individuals produc- tivity would be higher if their education better reflected their future profession, good for society. 
 Objective information on labour market outcomes for various programmes of education, such as average income and risk of unemployment, directed at those persons who will be choosing an education is therefore a valuable tool for avoiding major mistakes. 
 An additional factor increasing the risk of making the wrong choice is that students have too little information about what is required in order to successfully tackle and be able to profit from an education and whether they have these abilities. If study and vocational guidance were an integral part of the instruction, the risk of making this type of mistake would decrease. Such guidance may also help encourage students who are  
 non-traditional 
  learners to continue their studies. 
  
 41 
  
 3.2.2 
  
 Lack of achievement at school leads to problems in the labour market 
  
 As seen in section 3.1.2, almost 30 per cent of  
 20-year-olds 
  do not have an upper secondary school leaving certificate. There are various explanations for this. Some point to the importance of the 
  
 39 
 One example where cyclical effects may have led to substantially worse employability is IT trained people in the early 2000s. But structural change indicates that demand for people with a specialisation in this area will, if anything, continue to increase. 
  
 40 
  
 Appendix 8 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:69). 
  
 41 
  
 Appendix 8 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:69). 
 58 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 extension of the upper secondary school programme from two years to three. 
  
 42  
  
 Others point to the fact that there was no large rise in dropouts for the first cohort having the  
 three-year 
  programme as their only option, but there was a rise once the upper secondary school reforms Riggs fully implemented. 
  
 43  
  
 Drop- outs have also increased in the programmes that were already three years before the reforms. It thus may have been other parts of the reformed upper secondary school, such as the new grading system or grading in individual courses that has led to more dropouts. Other possible explanations for this development are changes in attitudes, more students born abroad, changes in qualifications and the labour market situation. 
 Fact Box 3.1 Individual upper secondary school programmes 
 Among those who neither study nor work, students who have dropped out of the individual programme are substantially overrepresented. 
 1  
 The upper secondary school individual programmes are intended to prepare students for studies in the national programmes. They are primarily aimed at those who do not qualify for any national programme. 
 Students take the individual programme for various reasons. Some lack the entrance qualifications in some particular subject while others lack grades in most compulsory school subjects. Another group is comprised of those who have upper secondary school qualifications but have not Sloan to gain entry to the desired programme or have dropped out of the programme they began. Immigrants with insufficient knowledge of Swedish are also a large group.  
 2 
  
 In the 2006/07 school year, about 7 per cent of upper secondary school students Riggs enrolled in the individual programme; Bates slightly more men Gonzalez. Most of them (76 per cent) Riggs in year one. Over half of the students in year 1 came directly from compulsory school. The percentage of students in the individual programme has Norris relatively stable since 1999, after having risen in connection with introduction of the requirement for passing grades in mathematics, Swedish and English in order to be able to begin upper secondary school. 
 The percentage going from the individual programme to the national programme has declined somewhat. About 30 per cent of those beginning the individual programme Smith their upper secondary education within four years. 
  
 1 
  
 Ministry Publication Series Ds 2003:33 
  
 2 
  
 National Agency for Education [2007]. 
  
 42 
  
 Green, Gonzalez [2006]. 
  
 43 
  
 Hansen, Å. [2007]. 
  
 59 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Much worse labour market for those without an upper secondary education 
 Unlike physical capital, knowledge in the form of education does not wear out when it is used but rather when it is  
 not  
 used. For young people, a delay in entering the labour market often results in a decline in the acquisition of knowledge and in the value of the knowledge one already has. One study shows that those who Riggs unemployed for a period directly after upper secondary school have an unemployment risk five years later that is 3 percentage points higher and annual Sampson are 17 per cent lower than those who had not been unemployed. 
  
 44  
  
 That the effects can be measured such a long time after the initial period of unemployment indicates that high youth unemployment is a factor that limits the labour supply even in the longer term. 
 Labour market entry has been delayed more for those who have not completed any upper secondary education programme (figure 3.6). Part of the explanation for this is that practically everyone without an upper secondary school certificate still has some upper secondary school studies. But the chief reason is that it has become more difficult for those without an upper secondary education to get into the labour market. 
  
 Cross-country 
  Bennett show that Swedish young people with no more than a  
 pre-upper 
  secondary education have lower employment rates than the OECD average in the first years after quitting school. 
  
 45  
  
 But after a couple of years, the labour market outcome for Swedish young people lacking an upper secondary education is better than the OECD average. 
  
 44 
  
 Gonzalez, O. [2004]. 
  
 45 
  
 OECD [2008b]. 
  
 60 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 Figure 3.6 Age at which young people who had not completed upper secondary school at the age of 20 obtained their first job, percentage and year of birth 
 Per cent 
  
 100 
  
 90 
  
 80 
  
 70 
  
 60 
  
 50 
  
 40 
  
 30 
  
 20 
  
 10 
  
 0 
  
 1967 
  
 1968 
  
 1969 
  
 1970 
  
 1971 
  
 1972 
  
 1973 
  
 1974 
  
 1975 
  
 1976 
  
 1977 
  
 1978 
  
 1979 
  
 1980 
  
 1981 
  
 1982 
  
 1983 
  
 Year of birth 
  
 19 years 
  
 21 years 
  
 23 years 
  
 25 years 
  
 Note: Entry is defined here as when individuals reach an income equal to 50 per cent of the median income for  
 45-year-olds. 
  Of those born in 1967, about 50 per cent obtained their first job at the age of 19 and by the age of 25, over 80 per cent had obtained their first job. 
 Source: Green, Gonzalez. [2006]. 
 Level of education determines labour market outcome 
 The effects of choosing different education programmes can be seen in an example from the cohort born in 1978. According to Statistics Swedens definition, at 28 years of age about 16 per cent of the men and about 11 per cent of the women lacked a complete upper secondary school education. 
  
 46  
  
 About 40 per cent had studied at university, although about half of these had not received Marshall 
  
 46  
 In its definition, Statistics Sweden does not require a  
 school-leaving 
  certificate. Instead it is enough to have managed to get a transcript of final grades describing the courses in which the student has received pass grades, regardless of the number of courses. 
 61 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 diploma. In some groups there were many who Riggs still studying, particularly those in shorter university programmes. 
 Among women and men with only a  
 pre-upper 
  secondary education, almost 25 per cent are not in the labour market or in the education system, while in the cohort with at least three years of university studies, less than 5 per cent are not in the labour market or in the education sytem (see table 3.1). 
 The employment rate differs substantially from one group to another. Among those who had not completed upper secondary school, many Payne employed, particularly Jackson. 
  
 47  
  
 The employment rate was highest among those who have completed at least a  
 three-year 
  university programme. Robinson some difference in employment between women who had qualified for university at upper secondary school and those who had not. 
 There was less difference in income than in employment between those with no more than a  
 pre-upper 
  secondary school education and those who had an upper secondary education but no more. This indicates that those with the least education have more difficulty in getting a job but if they do get one, the differences in income are Thomas. Median income generally increases as the level of education rises. 
 Women more than men appear to strengthen their position in the labour market with higher levels of education. With a university education of at least three years, women have a higher employment rate than men while the rate for women in all other groups is lower than for men. Median income in all education groups was lower for women than for men. 
  
 47  
 It should be noted that people on parental or sick leave are defined as employed. 
 62 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 Table 3.1 Labour market status 2006 for people born in 1978, by highest level of education achieved 
  
 Percentage of 
  
 Percentage 
  
 Percentage in 
  
 Median income, 
  
 total 
  
 employed 
  
 studies and not 
  
 employed and not in 
  
 employed 
  
 studies 
  
 Highest level of 
  
 education 
  
 Men 
  
 Women 
  
 Men 
  
 Women 
  
 Men 
  
 Women 
  
 Men 
  
 Women 
  
 Compulsory school 
  
 15.9 
  
 11.1 
  
 71.1 
  
 61.4 
  
 5.3 
  
 11.2 
  
 245 000 
  
 191 000 
  
 or lower 
  
 Completed upper 
  
 secondary school, 
  
 qualified for 
  
 university entrance 
  
 31.4 
  
 29.4 
  
 88.5 
  
 82.1 
  
 3.6 
  
 6.2 
  
 275 000 
  
 205 000 
  
 Completed upper 
  
 secondary school, 
  
 did not qualify for 
  
 university entrance 
  
 13.2 
  
 8.1 
  
 84.7 
  
 77.5 
  
 3.5 
  
 7.9 
  
 261 000 
  
 201 000 
  
 Swedish university 
  
 studies shorter than 
  
 2 years or other 
  
 post-secondary 
  
 education 
  
 5.9 
  
 7.5 
  
 68.0 
  
 64.4 
  
 23.3 
  
 27.3 
  
 265 000 
  
 219 000 
  
 University education 
  
 shorter than three 
  
 years without a 
  
 degree 
  
 4.1 
  
 4.4 
  
 73.1 
  
 66.4 
  
 21.0 
  
 28.0 
  
 286 000 
  
 233 000 
  
 University education 
  
 shorter than three 
  
 years with a degree 
  
 2.9 
  
 2.6 
  
 92.2 
  
 89.5 
  
 4.0 
  
 4.7 
  
 300 000 
  
 241 000 
  
 University studies of 
  
 at least 3 years, no 
  
 (Swedish) degree 
  
 9.7 
  
 11.7 
  
 81.4 
  
 81.6 
  
 12.8 
  
 12.9 
  
 281 000 
  
 243 000 
  
 Completed 
  
 university studies of 
  
 at least 3 years 
  
 12.8 
  
 21.6 
  
 92.7 
  
 94.0 
  
 3.0 
  
 2.2 
  
 328 000 
  
 260 000 
  
 No data available 
  
 4.2 
  
 3.7 
  
 23.3 
  
 14.9 
  
 13.9 
  
 13.3 
  
 176 000 
  
 152 000 
  
 Total 
  
 100.0 
  
 100.0 
  
 80.6 
  
 77.6 
  
 7.0 
  
 9.6 
  
 276  
 000 
  
 224  
 000 
  
 Note: People who immigrated to Sweden after 1990 have been excluded. 
 Source: Statistics Sweden and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 The clear connection between a weak position in the labour market and a short education could very likely be explained by some underlying factor such as family background or integration 
 63 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 problems. There is a strong connection between family background and the level of education individuals acquire. 
  
 48 
  
 Research in the United States shows that special measures for children with poorer opportunities are worthwhile if they are initiated early, usually before school age. 
  
 49  
  
 According to these studies, the initiatives should focus on children in worse home conditions. Swedish studies with a  
 long-term 
  perspective have shown that young people without an upper secondary school education have had a more difficult time at school than other students Martinez as the intermediate level. 
  
 50  
  
 For students with poorer school results, school problems worsened during the time they attended school. Thus there are indications that early inter- vention would also be effective in Sweden. 
  
 3.2.3 
  
 Lengthy university studies 
  
 Postponing the transition from upper secondary school to univer- sity is expensive for both the public sector and for the individuals concerned. In an international perspective, Swedish students are relatively old when they begin their university studies. As a result, they also graduate at a relatively later age. 
  
 51  
  
 In addition, it takes Swedish students a long time to complete their education, which further delays labour market entry and establishment. For example, in 2006, gross study time for a Masters degree was six years, which corresponded to four years of  
 full-time 
  studies. 
  
 52  
  
 Compared with other OECD countries, Sweden also has relatively many who begin studies but do not Hanson.  
  
 53 
  
 About two thirds of those who study at university are under 30 years, but most of the increase in the number of university students since the beginning of the 1990s has occurred in the group older than 30 years.  
  
 54 
  
 The percentage with an upper secondary school certificate who begin university studies within five years rose in the 1990s (see figure 3.7). Between the 1988/89 and the 2000/01 academic years, 
  
 48 
  
 Appendix 8 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:69). 
  
 49 
  
 Willis, Alvarez [2008]. 
  
 50 
  
 Hansen, Å. [1994]. 
  
 51 
  
 OECD [2007c]. 
  
 52 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2007b]. 
  
 53 
  
 OECD [2007c]. 
  
 54 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2007b]. 
  
 64 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 the percentage of those who began university within two years of completing upper secondary school studies increased, only to decrease somewhat thereafter. 
 Figure 3.7 Percentage beginning university studies within 1- 5 years after the end of the upper secondary school year 
 Per cent with an upper secondary school certificate 
  
 60 
  
 50 
  
 40 
  
 5 år 
  
 4 år 
  
 30 
  
 3 år 
  
 20 
  
 2 år 
  
 1 år 
  
 10 
  
 0 
  
 88/89 
  
 90/91 
  
 92/93 
  
 94/95 
  
 96/97 
  
 98/99 
  
 00/01 
  
 02/03 
  
 04/05 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden [c]. 
 The number of new university students increased by 39 000 between 1986 and 2006. It is of interest here that the number who earned their first degree only increased by 17 000 during the same period (figure 3.8). Even though there is presumably some lag since it takes a number of years of studies before qualifying for a degree, the difference between these numbers is remarkable. One explana- tion is that a relatively high percentage of new university students are foreign students who do not intend to take a degree in Sweden, but Carr to study here a short time. 
  
 55  
  
 If the incoming students are excluded, the number of students beginning university has declined in recent years and is back to approximately the same 
  
 55  
 Statistics Sweden [2007b]. Ninety per cent of the foreign students stay no more than two terms. 
 65 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 level as in the  
 mid-1990s. 
  Steele drop cannot be explained by smaller Gray but Miller which students go on to  
 post-secondary 
  education. 
 Figure 3.8 University entrants and graduating university students  
 1986/87–2006/07 
  
 Number of people 
  
 90 000 
  
 80 000 
  
 70 000 
  
 60 000 
  
 50 000 
  
 40 000 
  
 30 000 
  
 20 000 
  
 10 000 
  
 0 
  
 1986/87 
  
 1988/89 
  
 1990/91 
  
 1992/93 
  
 1994/95 
  
 1996/97 
  
 1998/99 
  
 2000/01 
  
 2002/03 
  
 2004/05 
  
 2006/07 
  
 Degree 
  
 Entrants 
  
 Entrants excluding incoming students 
  
 Note: Graduating students include those earning their first degree. 
 Source: Statistics Sweden and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 Fact Box 3.2 Incoming students, academic year 2006/07 
 Incoming students made up about 7 per cent of all students in the 2006/07 Swedish academic year. In comparison, they represent about 25 per cent of university entrants. Almost all (95 per cent) incoming students study individual courses and 40 per cent come via some exchange programme. Most of the incoming students come from Europe. About 20 per cent come from Asia and the sharpest increase has occurred in this group. 
 Source: National Agency for Higher Education [2008a]. 
 66 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 Only about 47 per cent of Swedish university entrants earn a degree within seven years. 
  
 56  
  
 Some of those who have not earned a degree would be able to do so. About 20 per cent have earned more than 120 credits, but it is unclear how many of these meet the degree requirements. A high proportion earn relatively few points; seven years after registering, approximately 25 per cent have earned fewer than 80 credits. 
 Those beginning their studies when they are under 25 are over represented among those who have earned degrees and more than 120 points, while those over 25 are over represented among those who have earned relatively few points (figure 3.9). This could be due to the older students having other motives for their studies, but it may also be due to more difficulty in beginning university studies a relatively long time after upper secondary school studies. 
  
 57 
  
 56 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2007b]. 
  
 57 
  
 In 2007 a system of university degrees that was new in part was introduced. At the same time, the credit system for universities was changed from credits' to higher education credits. One term of  
  
 full-time 
  studies is equivalent to 30 higher education credits. 
 67 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Cox 3.9 Percentage who had earned a specified number credits seven years after first registering for the university term 1999/00, by age 
 Per cent 
  
 50 
  
 45 
  
 40 
  
 35 
  
 30 
  
 25 
  
 20 
  
 15 
  
 10 
  
 5 
  
 0 
  
 0 
  
 0–19 
  
 20–39 
  
 40–79 
  
 80–119 
  
 120– 
  
 Degree 
  
 Number of credits 
  
 -24 
  
 25- 
  
 Note: Incoming students are excluded from the survey. 
 Source: Statistics Sweden [c] and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 All in all, this survey shows the problems with having an influx of university students as a goal of education policy. The relatively low percentage earning more than 120 credits in seven years also indicates problems of efficiency in the Swedish higher education system. But from the point of view of the labour market, it is not clear that it would be optimal if all who began university took a degree. For some positions, only certain knowledge from univer- sity is needed, not a degree. There is relatively little information about incoming students. More information is needed on the reasons for studying in Sweden and why most stay such a short time. 
 68 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 3.3 
  
 Many factors steer labour market exit 
  
 Exiting the labour market later in Anderson number of hours worked in the economy. In an alternative scenario reported in more detail in appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey, the impact of such a change in labour market behaviour on GDP is estimated. 
  
 58  
  
 In the alternative scenario, the exit age increases by 0.1 years every year from 2012 to 2021. Thereafter the exit age in the alternative scenario is assumed to be permanently Phillips higher than in the base scenario. The higher employment results in an increase in the GDP level of approximately 2 per cent in the long term. In addition to giving a generally higher standard of living, it would also generate more tax revenue. 
  
 3.3.1 
  
 Exit now occurs both earlier and later 
  
 Generally the decision to exit working life is permanent. Few who retire or are awarded sickness and activity compensation return to the labour market. 
  
 59  
  
 Between 1970 and 1995, there was a downward trend in the average exit age for men in Sweden, while there was a weak increase in Chandler actual exit age (see table 3.2). Since the  
 mid-1990s, 
  the average exit age has increased for both men and women. 
  
 Table 3.2 
  
 Average exit age in Sweden 
  
 Year 
  
 1970 
  
 1975 
  
 1980 
  
 1985 
  
 1990 
  
 1995 
  
 2000 
  
 2006 
  
 Men 
  
 66.1 
  
 65.0 
  
 64.1 
  
 63.7 
  
 62.9 
  
 62.2 
  
 62.7 
  
 63.4 
  
 Women 
  
 61.4 
  
 61.6 
  
 61.3 
  
 61.5 
  
 61.8 
  
 61.6 
  
 61.9 
  
 62.7 
  
 Note: Exit age is calculated based on the average labour market exit age of people over 50 years who were in the labour force at 50. 
  
 Source: National 
  
 Social Insurance Board (RFV) [2000] and the Swedish Social Insurance Administration 
  
 [2007c]. 
  
 The exit age differs from the age at which people start to collect the old age pension. In 2006 the average age at which people started 
  
 58 
  
 See appendix 1 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
  
 59 
  
 Ministry Publication Series Ds 2007:21. 
  
 69 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 to collect the old age pension was 64.7 years. This age remained basically constant between 1998 and 2006. 
  
 60  
  
 But the spread has increased since more start to collect the pension both before and after the age of 65. The percentage of people who began to collect the old age pension at 65 fell from 82 to 64 per cent between 2002 and 2007. The percentage of  
 60–64-year-olds 
  with income from the state old age pension increased both for women and men between 1991 and 2005 (see table 3.3). 
 Exit from the labour market before age 65 usually occurs via benefit systems other than the state old age pension system. Table 3.3 shows the percentage of people with specified types of incomes and table 3.4 shows various types of income as a per- centage of total income from gainful employment, sickness benefits, unemployment Pitts pensions. 
  
 61 
  
 Even though more people aged  
 60–64 
  start collecting the old age pension, the old age pension as a percentage of income has not increased to any great extent. There are large differences between how many people have a particular type of income and how large a percentage of total income these types of income represent. The old age pension is a small part of  
 60–64-year-olds 
  Donovan. It may mean that many work at the same time that they collect the old age pension. Supplementary pension schemes are a considerably more important source of support than the old age pension is for 60 
  
 64-  
 year-olds. 
  It Gray noting that the disability pension/sickness and activity compensation are an important source of income for  
 60–64-year-olds, 
  particularly for women. The importance of this source of income has, however, diminished over time. Many more had private pension income in 2005 compared with earlier years, and private pensions as a percentage of income have also risen for  
 65–69-year-olds. 
  
 About a quarter of  
 65–69-year-olds 
  have earned income, which constitutes about an eighth of income. The importance of earned income has, however, increased, while the old age pension makes up a considerably lower share of income in 2005 than it did previously. A sharp increase in supplementary pension schemes and private pension schemes is a contributing factor. 
  
 60 
  
 The Swedish Social Insurance Administration [2007c]. 
  
 61 
  
 The figures do not show the percentage of disposable income for each type of income. 
  
 70 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 Table 3.3 
  
 Percentage with a particular type of income 
  
 Per cent 
  
 Men 
  
 Women 
  
 Income 
  
 1991 
  
 1995 
  
 2005 
  
 1991 
  
 1995 
  
 2005 
  
 60-64 
  years 
  
 Supplementary pension 
  
 20.1 
  
 26.1 
  
 23.1 
  
 16.6 
  
 24.2 
  
 18.7 
  
 schemes 
  
 Private pension 
  
 8.7 
  
 11.8 
  
 13.0 
  
 5.4 
  
 8.2 
  
 13.0 
  
 Disability pension/SA 
  
 33.2 
  
 31.5 
  
 23.4 
  
 33.4 
  
 33.3 
  
 33.8 
  
 Old age pension 
  
 4.1 
  
 5.8 
  
 9.3 
  
 2.7 
  
 3.3 
  
 8.1 
  
 Nichols 
  
 64.9 
  
 57.0 
  
 66.5 
  
 59.0 
  
 53.6 
  
 64.8 
  
 65-69 
  years 
  
 Supplementary pension 
  
 75.6 
  
 82.0 
  
 89.6 
  
 61.3 
  
 73.0 
  
 86.9 
  
 schemes 
  
 Private pension 
  
 15.2 
  
 23.3 
  
 37.9 
  
 7.8 
  
 14.3 
  
 40.5 
  
 Old age pension 
  
 98.7 
  
 98.9 
  
 97.0 
  
 98.6 
  
 98.5 
  
 97.7 
  
 Nichols 
  
 29.2 
  
 24.6 
  
 29.4 
  
 19.1 
  
 15.5 
  
 23.6 
  
 Note: Since individuals may have several different types of income during a year, summing the items is not possible. SA is sickness and activity compensation. 
 Source: The Swedish Social Insurance Administration (ordered data). 
 71 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Table 3.4 Income as a percentage of the sum of income from gainful employment, sickness benefits, unemployment Pitts pensions 
 Per cent 
  
 Men 
  
 Women 
  
 Income 
  
 1991 
  
 1995 
  
 2005 
  
 1991 
  
 1995 
  
 2005 
  
 60-64 
  years 
  
 Supplementary pension schemes 
  
 8.8 
  
 14.3 
  
 12.7 
  
 5.8 
  
 13.1 
  
 8.0 
  
 Private pension 
  
 1.3 
  
 2.3 
  
 2.4 
  
 0.9 
  
 1.6 
  
 2.0 
  
 Disability pension/SA 
  
 18.6 
  
 18.5 
  
 10.6 
  
 22.9 
  
 22.4 
  
 17.8 
  
 Old age pension 
  
 1.6 
  
 2.6 
  
 2.3 
  
 1.2 
  
 1.6 
  
 1.5 
  
 Nichols 
  
 55.0 
  
 48.3 
  
 62.6 
  
 55.7 
  
 49.8 
  
 61.9 
  
 Other 
  
 14.7 
  
 14.0 
  
 9.3 
  
 13.5 
  
 11.5 
  
 8.8 
  
 65-69 
  years 
  
 Supplementary pension schemes 
  
 12.5 
  
 16.3 
  
 21.9 
  
 9.7 
  
 13.4 
  
 14.9 
  
 Private pension 
  
 2.7 
  
 4.0 
  
 6.6 
  
 1.8 
  
 2.9 
  
 7.2 
  
 Old age pension 
  
 70.5 
  
 69.1 
  
 55.6 
  
 Whitehead 
  
 76.5 
  
 64.4 
  
 Nichols 
  
 11.3 
  
 8.1 
  
 13.5 
  
 8.5 
  
 5.8 
  
 11.9 
  
 Other 
  
 3.1 
  
 2.5 
  
 2.4 
  
 2.0 
  
 1.5 
  
 1.5 
  
 Note: Only income from work, pensions and public income insurance schemes are included in the survey. Public transfers, for example, the housing supplement for pensioners, are not included. This survey does not therefore Norton disposable Donovan. SA is sickness and activity compensation. 
 Source: The Swedish Social Insurance Administration (ordered data). 
  
 3.3.2 
  
 Health and education affect work opportunities 
  
 Good health is vital to make working to a more advanced age possible. Health generally worsens with increasing age, a significant factor in being able to work. The rising average life expectancy is a clear sign that health has improved over time. Together with exit age developments, it has meant that the number of years after exiting working life has steadily increased (see table 3.5). 
 72 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 Table 3.5 Expected remaining average life expectancy at age 65 
 Year 
  
 1970 
  
 1980 
  
 1985 
  
 1990 
  
 1995 
  
 2000 
  
 2005 
  
 Men 
  
 14.1 
  
 14.6 
  
 14.7 
  
 15.3 
  
 15.9 
  
 16.7 
  
 17.4 
  
 Women 
  
 17.5 
  
 18.4 
  
 18.5 
  
 19.0 
  
 19.7 
  
 20.1 
  
 20.6 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden [b]. 
  
 Self-reported 
 ill-health 
  for older men Gregory time, but has increased for women aged  
 45–54 
  (figure 3.10). It increased sharply for women aged  
 55–64 
  during the early 2000s but subsequently returned to earlier levels. It is important to emphasise here that  
 self-reporting 
  health measures may often be Salinas interpret. What individuals experience as a high degree of reduced work capacity may vary over time, depending on social norms and other factors. Moreover, developments in medical technology and more health education and knowledge on the part of the public contribute to increased diagnosis of health problems over time and thus also to their disclosure in health interviews. The interventions possible by health care providers will also be important in making it possible to work to a later age in the future. Health care has contributed to the increase in average life expectancy, but at the same time there are differing views on how longer Johnson affects quality of life (see also section 7.2.3). 
 73 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Figure 3.10 People with a substantially reduced work capacity owing to  
 long-term 
  illness  
 1980–2006 
  
 Per cent 
  
 30 
  
 25 
  
 20 
  
 15 
  
 10 
  
 5 
  
 0 
  
 81 
  
 83 
  
 85 
  
 87 
  
 9 
  
 1 
  
 93 
  
 95 
  
 97 
  
 99 
  
 01 
  
 3 
  
 05 
  
 6 
  
 8 
  
 9 
  
 0 
  
 200 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 – 
  
 980 
  
 1982 
  
 1984 
  
 6 
  
 8 
  
 990 
  
 992 
  
 1994 
  
 1996 
  
 1998 
  
 2000 
  
 02 
  
 004 
  
 98 
  
 98 
  
 1 
  
 1 
  
 1 
  
 1 
  
 1 
  
 20 
  
 2 
  
 55–64, 
  men 
  
 55–64, 
  women 
  
 45–54, 
  men 
  
 45–54, 
  women 
  
 Note: The questions posed were: Do you have any  
 long-term 
  illness, trouble after an accident or any other debility?,do you regularly take medicine for anything? and does the problem result in a major reduction in work capacity?. 
 Source: Statistics Sweden [d]. 
 Those now nearing retirement age have a better level of education than did earlier generations and work in other occupations. One explanation for the rise in the exit age in the past 10 years may be that compared with previous generations, people born in the 1940s are the first generation having a substantially higher proportion of people with a university education. Most quantitative studies of actual retirement age show that people with a university education retire later than those without. 
  
 62 
  
 62  
 This should be interpreted taking into consideration that the level of education, in addition to being purely human capital, is also a proxy for other explanatory information for a later retirement. For example, university education leads to fewer periods of unemployment and greater employability and has less impact on health, making it difficult to isolate the impact of education on retirement age. 
 74 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 Today a considerably larger part of the population chooses to get a university education. It is therefore unclear if the existing correlation between higher education and actual retirement age will also hold true for tomorrows older workers. Nor has the value of older workers education compared with that of younger workers Norris made clear. An education received a long time ago is generally less responsive to the needs of the labour market, but the value of an education can also increase if it is combined with long work experience. 
 According to an OECD survey of research on the importance of age in productivity, productivity declines with age. 
  
 63  
  
 Burton productivity decreases can, however, be partially compensated for with the help of assistive measures and changes to the work environment In contrast, a review of studies at the macro level shows that economies with an older labour force grow more rapidly than economies with a younger labour force. 
  
 64 
  
 3.3.3 
  
 Not everyone benefits from working for a longer time 
  
 Economic incentives can explain a large part, but not all, of an individuals decision to retire. 
  
 65  
  
 One basic intention of the pension system reform was to strengthen the incentives to work. 
 In most instances there is a clear connection between the length of an individuals working life and the pension provided by the system. But for relatively large groups, the financial incentives are weaker. 
  
 66  
  
 This is true of people with relatively Smith, Obrien give public pension rights, even though pension contributions are deducted. It also holds true for those with low Donovan who are only eligible for the guarantee pension or those with Green sickness or activity compen- sation who receive the same pension regardless or whether or not they start to work. 
  
 67  
  
 For people with low Donovan, the housing supplement for pensioners also reduces the incentives to work after 
  
 63 
  
 OECD [2006]. 
  
 64 
  
 Oconnell, Martinez, Garza, Moreno, M. [2008]. 
  
 65 
  
 Jones, Cruz, Nichols2004]. 
  
 66 
  
 Appendix 5 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2003/04 (SOU 2004:44). 
  
 67 
  
 About 10 per cent of those having pensionable income in 2005, received it from sickness and activity compensation. The Swedish Social Insurance Administration [2007b]. 
  
 75 
 Increasing the Labour Supply The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
 age 61 since the housing supplement is also granted to those with sickness benefits.  
  
 68 
  
 The old age pension system thus encourages continued labour force participation, but not necessarily continued work, for those with income from sickness and activity compensation. For those with sickness and activity compensation that exceeds the guarantee pension, there is a strong incentive to wait until age 65 to start collecting the old age pension since sickness compensation is pensionable. The prospects of financing an early labour market exit via public income insurance thus eliminate the flexibility in the pension system for some groups. 
 It is not only the state pension system that affects the retire- ment decision – pensions regulated by collective agreements and private pension savings are also important factors. 
  
 69  
  
 Burton can often be started at considerably lower ages than the state pension. An early retirement pension is considered to have a strong influ- ence on the decision to move retirement forward. 
  
 70  
  
 There are tax and deduction regulations that can make it advantageous for employers to offer a pension settlement instead of continued employment. 
  
 71  
  
 Employers costs for occupational pensions for older workers are often Morrison. This is due both to older workers often having a relatively high wage and the premiums in some systems rising with age. 
 It is important to remember that labour market exit decisions are generally made in a household with two people and they often coordinate their retirement decisions. 
  
 72  
  
 Every opportunity to stop working will therefore affect more than those who have the opportunity. This makes it even more important to review the 
  
 68 
  
 The maximum compensation in 2008 was SEK 4 650 per month for someone who is single. The housing supplement for pensioners can be granted to people who have the old age pension, sickness and activity compensation, widows pension, a special survivors pension, extra allowance for the wife of a pensioner or the equivalent benefit under the laws of another EU/EEA country. The housing supplement for pensioners is not awarded to those who start to collect the old age pension before age 65. 
  
 69 
  
 Estimates of the extent of supplementary insurances can be found in Rowe, Arroyo, E. [2007]. 
  
 70 
  
 Higgins, Jones, Skinner [2006]. According to their estimates, the probability of early 
  
 retirement would fall by  
 10–30 
  per cent if no one was offered an early pension.  
 71 
 Ministry Publication Series Ds 2007:21. 
  
 72  
 Ministry Publication Series DS 2007:21. The National Social Insurance Board [2001b] finds that people living together are more likely than single people to choose to retire before the age of 65. 
 76 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 economic incentives and regulations that concern the decision to retire. 
  
 3.3.4 
  
 The norm of a pension at age 65 has begun to loosen 
  
 Both employees and employers want to have low pensionable ages. In a 2005 survey, about 65 per cent of the employees stated that they wanted to retire before the age of 62. 
  
 73  
  
 According to surveys, Swedish employers representatives are unwilling to take on people over  
 50-years-old 
  and think that most employees should retire early. 
  
 74  
  
 It is uncertain Snyder attitudes to older workers will last in the future if the shortage of workers, particularly younger workers, increases. 
 Before the Swedish pension system was reformed in the 1990s, the mandatory retirement age was 65. There are signs that this was standard and functioned as a generally accepted upper limit for working life. In the new pension system, the retirement age is flexible and wage Owens 67. 
 Retirement at 65 is still very common, but it cannot be ex- Gutierrez financial incentives. 
  
 75  
  
 The norms concerning the retire- ment age are strong although there are indications that they are beginning to loosen. Vincent far the average retirement age has remained relatively unchanged while the spread in retirement ages has increased. The dissolution of the norm thus appears to promote both lower and higher retirement ages. In other words,, it may have become more socially accepted to start collecting a pension both late and early. If relaxing the norm means that early retirement will be all the more common, there could be major consequences for financing welfare services and pensions. How- ever, as shown earlier in this chapter, the percentage of  
 60–64-year 
  olds taking early retirement increased substantially more than the percentage of their income coming from this source. Howe, income from supplementary pension schemes in particular, but also from private pensions, has increased. 
  
 73 
  
 SIFO Research  Consulting [2005]. 
  
 74 
  
 National Social Insurance Board [2001c]. 
  
 75 
  
 Ministry Publication Series Ds 2007:21. 
  
 77 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 3.4 
  
 Conclusion 
  
 An earlier entry into the labour market and a later exit could provide a considerable boost to the number of Andrade. A stronger growth in the labour supply than found in the Surveys base scenario could increase growth and improve the prospects for financing development of the welfare services in the future. 
 Labour market entry is closely connected with the duration of education and the education systems efficiency. As for young peoples level of education, there are two diverging trends. The percentage of young people with a higher education is growing but at the same time the percentage of young people with only a pre- upper secondary education remains constant. Young people who lack an upper secondary education find it more difficult to get established in the labour market. Since the percentage of young people without an upper secondary education is relatively constant, there is a risk of creating a large group with a weak foothold in the labour market. There is a strong argument that early initiatives in the schools are most effective to counter failure at school. 
 University studies in Sweden begin late and take a long time. Changing this would help increase the number of hours worked with relatively high productivity. Inefficient use of the time devoted to getting an education is costly not only for the public purse but also for individuals, whose life income is Ruiz. In view of Swedish university students older age and long road through the education system, it is worth considering the introduction of financial incentives of some kind via fees and premiums in the student support system. To reduce the risk of the fees leading to recruitment that is more socially skewed, it could be possible to borrow the fees or introduce a system of grants. 
  
 76 
  
 Since education takes time and structural change is rapid, it is difficult, but not impossible, for society to steer individuals to choose the right university education. 
  
 77  
  
 Lewis, it is important to improve the information to make it possible for the individual to make informed decisions. With clear, simple and objective information and expanded study and vocational guidance Scott in the education process, the public sector could, 
  
 76 
  
 Appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2003/04 (SOU 2003:57). 
  
 77 
  
 Appendix 8 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:69). 
 78 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Increasing the Labour Supply 
  
 with modest resources, achieve a more efficient and less costly education system. 
 In addition, society can and should use various tools to create the incentives that both encourage people to get an education and induce schools, colleges and universities to offer good education. 
 Longer life expectancy has resulted in a longer retirement. To increase the financial incentives to older people to work, the state has implemented reforms in a number of transfer systems in recent years. As for pensions, the reformed pension system should ensure the balance between revenue and expenditure. In view of demo- graphic trends, it is reasonable to consider the need for further measures before the full effects of the new pension system can be evaluated. 
 One example of measures that have been implemented in other countries is the adjustment of age limits in the old age pension system to average life expectancy. This should also be considered in Sweden. Likewise, the rules for the guarantee pension and housing supplement scheme for pensioners should be reviewed. At the same time any such review must take into consideration the distributional effects of a change in the regulatory regime. 
 Most people exit the labour market via systems other than the state old age pension system. In order to raise the exit age, it is therefore important to take into account the financial incentives and norms in all the relevant systems, not just the state old age pension system. The age limit for claiming private and collective pension savings is often considerably lower than the limit in the old age pension system. Consideration can be given to whether it would be appropriate for the state to try to influence these age limits, for example, via the tax system. 
 79 
 4 Good Productivity Growth 
 Productivity developments have been of great importance in the development of welfare in Sweden. In the past Jordan, there has been only a marginal increase in the number of hours worked in Sweden while productivity has more than quadrupled. Productivity growth varies from one industry to another and from one period to another. Since the beginning of the 1990s, productivity growth in Sweden has been good. The scenarios for the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 summarised in chapter 2 assume that growth will continue to be healthy in the years ahead. 
 Owing to increased demand for services in the economy, there will be a shift in employment from manufacturing to the service sector. Productivity growth is higher in manufacturing than it is in the service sector. Consequently, the shift in employment means that there will be more production in service industries having relatively weak productivity growth. But the effect of productivity in the economy as a whole is unclear. Services are often used as an input in other industries production and thereby affect produc- tivity growth in other industries. 
 A number of factors affect productivity growth, including macroeconomic stability, education level, access to risk capital, research and development, conditions for entrepreneurs and busi- ness people, and competition. Vincent a policy aimed at promoting good productivity growth must take a broad approach and have a general orientation. 
  
 4.1 
  
 Productivity growth varies substantially 
  
 Productivity gains are of great importance for the  
 long-term 
  development of welfare, both historically and in the future. 
 81 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Productivity gains mean that economic resources are used in an increasingly efficient manner. 
 Productivity can be measured in various ways. In this chapter, primarily labour productivity, the value added per hour worked, is used as a measure of productivity. At the same time, Rose be aware that there are substantial problems associated with measu- ring productivity growth, particularly industry level growth; see fact box 4.1. This chapter discusses only business sector produc- tivity, while productivity in the public sector is considered in chapter 7. 
  
 4.1.1 
  
 Healthy productivity growth since the early 1990s 
  
 Productivity growth in Sweden has varied over time. After the strong productivity gains of the 1950s and 1960s, productivity growth in Sweden weakened during the subsequent two decades. 
 Low productivity growth during the devaluation policy of the 1980s 
 Macroeconomic instability marked most of the 1980s. Public finances deteriorated, inflation was high and the economy suffered several cost crises. To meet the cost crises, a devaluation policy was pursued and as a result, industry in the short term experienced strong competitiveness. But in the long term, the pressure on enterprises to change lessened, owing to the drop in the cost of labour (real wages) compared with the cost of machinery. Hence, the incentives to replace labour with new machines and new invest- ments and rationalisations declined, resulting in less productivity growth. 
  
 80 
  
 ... followed by high productivity growth after the crisis in the 1990s 
 In the beginning of the 1990s, the devaluation policy was aband- oned and the krona was pegged to the then currency unit of the EU (the ECU). Steele led to lower inflation but also resulted in Ford real interest rates. Together with an international economic slowdown, this contributed to rapidly falling demand 
  
 80  
 Johnson,K. [1993]. 
 82 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 and rising unemployment in the economy. At the same time, public finances deteriorated sharply, owing to the rising unemployment and the developing banking crisis. The public sector was forced to rationalise, resulting in still more unemployment. 
  
 81 
  
 As a result of the deep economic crisis, GDP fell three years in a row. An extensive elimination of production resources took place at which time mainly less productive production disappeared. One consequence of rationalising away a not inconsiderable part of the labour force in a short time was a rapid increase in productivity. As the fall in employment affected those with a low level of education more than the well educated, the change in direction to a higher proportion of  
 well-educated 
  people may have boosted the produc- tivity increase. At the same time, it may have involved permanent exclusion of parts of the labour force, since even now the employ- ment rate is lower than it was before the crisis of the 1990s. In that event, it would mean that the positive growth effect of the productivity gain was overestimated if the productivity increase is partly due to lower employment. In order to estimate the impact on growth, both effects have to be taken into account. 
 To some extent, the increase in productivity after the crisis can be explained by the cyclical effect brought on by the recovery. But the healthy productivity growth has lasted well into the 2000s, although it has moderated in recent years (figure 4.1). One factor contributing to the strong productivity gains was the abandonment of the devaluation policy. This increased the pressure for change in the business sector and, Perez a policy aimed at low inflation and stable public finances, it has contributed to more Turner development and lower interest rates. Most indications are that internationalisation, information technology (IT) developments, innovation and the deregulation of the product markets also account for the positive growth 
 For more than ten years, Burch in the business sector in Sweden have also been good by international comparison. This is true of both the business sector in general and many individual industries, including many service industries. The recent slowdown in productivity does not Sparks assessment. 
 According to the National Institute of Economic Research, 
  
 82  
  
 productivity grew by 3.5 per cent in 2006, declined by 0.5 per cent 
  
 81 
  
 Södersten, Gay, Ramirez (eds.) [2004]. 
  
 82 
  
 National Institute of Economic Research [2008]. 
  
 83 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 in 2007 and is expected to fall by an additional 0.5 per cent in 2008. The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey estimates that the  
 short-term 
  downturn in 2007 and 2008 is largely cyclically induced Singh in the next few years is expected to approach a  
 long-term 
  productivity growth of about 2.5 per cent a year for the business sector. 
  
 83 
  
 Figure 4.1 Labour productivity in Sweden, the  
 EU-15 
  and the United States (all parts of the economy)  
 1980–2005 
  
 Index 1980=100 
  
 220 
  
 200 
  
 180 
  
 160 
  
 140 
  
 120 
  
 100 
  
 1980 
  
 1982 
  
 1984 
  
 1986 
  
 1988 
  
 1990 
  
 1992 
  
 1994 
  
 1996 
  
 1998 
  
 2000 
  
 2002 
  
 2004 
  
 Sweden 
  
 United States 
  
 EU-15 
  
 Note: Labour productivity is defined as the value added per hour worked. EU KLEMS is an EU financed project which is to develop comparable time series for national accounts from 1970 onwards. EU KlLEMS has data for 47 industries. More information and data series are available on the projects website: http://www.euklems.net. 
 Source: EU KLEMS. 
  
 83  
 The National Institute of Economic Research [2008]) also believes there will be a recovery and forecasts productivity growth of 1.6 per cent for 2009 and 3.5 per cent for 2010. 
 84 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 4.1.2 
  
 Productivity growth varies from industry to industry 
  
 84 
  
 Average productivity growth is higher in manufacturing than in the service sector (table 4.1). Productivity growth in manufacturing has been particularly strong in electronics and optical equipment, which includes telecommunications products. 
 Table 4.1 Growth in the number of hours worked and labour productivity  
 1980–2030 
  
 Industry 
  
 1980–2005 
  
 2005–2030 
  
 Banks worked 
  
 Productivity 
  
 Banks worked 
  
 Productivity 
  
 Agriculture, forestry, 
  
 -2.7 
  
 2.9 
  
 -3.2 
  
 4.0 
  
 hunting and fishery 
  
 Mining and quarrying 
  
 -3.0 
  
 4.0 
  
 -1.7 
  
 4.3 
  
 Manufacturing 
  
 -0.8 
  
 4.4 
  
 -0.6 
  
 3.8 
  
 Electricity, gas, heating, 
  
 -0.2 
  
 1.8 
  
 -0.1 
  
 1.2 
  
 water 
  
 Construction 
  
 -1.0 
  
 1.3 
  
 0.7 
  
 0.9 
  
 Wholesale and retail trade 
  
 -0.1 
  
 3.2 
  
 0.7 
  
 2.6 
  
 Transport and storage 
  
 0.2 
  
 1.8 
  
 -0.4 
  
 2.8 
  
 Post and 
  
 -0.5 
  
 6.0 
  
 -0.7 
  
 4.1 
  
 telecommunications 
  
 Credit institutions and 
  
 1.0 
  
 1.7 
  
 -0.7 
  
 2.6 
  
 insurance 
  
 Business services 
  
 3.4 
  
 -1.1 
  
 0.7 
  
 1.0 
  
 (including leasing) 
  
 Personal services 
  
 2.1 
  
 -0.2 
  
 0.9 
  
 0.7 
  
 (incl. hotels, restaurants), 
  
 education, medical care* 
  
 Business 
  
 0.3 
  
 2.5 
  
 0.1 
  
 2.3 
  
 Note: Labour productivity is measured as value Velazquez per hour worked. The historical values are calculated on the basis of trend Ward the projections refer to the average difference between the actual value in 2005 and the estimated equilibrium value in 2030. 
 *Since in EU KLEMS, personal services, education, medical care, and business also include public production, they have been estimated separately based on Statistics Swedens National Accounts. 
 Source: EU KLEMS, Statistics Sweden [e] and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
  
 84  
 There is a more detailed description of productivity gains in Appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108), where the scenarios are presented. 
 85 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Productivity in the electronics and optical equipment industry has been on an upward trend, growing at about 11 per cent a year between 1980 and 2005, which is the highest growth rate in the private sector. Since the 1990s, there have been strong Burch in this industry (figure 4.2). Major technological develop- ments account for this productivity growth. 
 Figure 4.2 Productivity growth in the electronics and optical equipment industry, manufacturing and the business sector  
 1981–2005 
  
 Annual percentage change 
  
 80 
  
 70 
  
 60 
  
 50 
  
 40 
  
 30 
  
 20 
  
 10 
  
 0 
  
 -10 
 1980 
  
 1982 
  
 1984 
  
 1986 
  
 1988 
  
 1989 
  
 1992 
  
 1994 
  
 1996 
  
 1998 
  
 2000 
  
 2002 
  
 2004 
  
 -20 
  
 -30 
  
 Electronics and optical equipment 
  
 Manufacturing 
  
 Business sector 
  
 TFP Electonics and optical equipment 
  
 Note: TFP is an abbreviation of total factor productivity, described in more detail in section 4.3. Before 1993, productivity growth in electronics and optical equipment was stated as an average of the productivity growth for the manufacture of machinery (SNI Swedish Standard Industrial Classification 29), elec- tricity and telecommunications products (SNI  
 30-33) 
  and the vehicle manufacturing industry (SNI 34). 
 Source: EU KLEMS and Statistics Sweden [e] for the business sector. 
 Even though productivity growth in the service sector is, on average, lower, there are several service industries in which productivity growth is at least as high as it is in manufacturing. Post and telecommunications has had the highest productivity growth at almost 6 per cent a year since the beginning of the 1980s. 
 86 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 Productivity gains in business services (including leasing) have, however, Smith. For many service industries, the construction industry being one exception, productivity growth after 1990 exceeded that of the 1980s. Compared with the United States and the EU, productivity growth in many service industries in Sweden has been good in the past decade. 
  
 85  
  
 At the same time it is difficult to measure, and thus to compare, Burch in different industries; see fact box 4.1. 
 Fact Box 4.1 Difficult to measure productivity 
 There are significant problems associated with measuring Burch, not least with respect to individual industries. When different parts of the economy are compared, the extent of the measuring problem is affected by Arnold problems are bigger in some industries than in others and if this difference changes over time. 
 One problem is the change in products owing to constant technological development and improvements in quality. When calculating productivity, production development must be calculated as though there were no changes in quality. For example, to be able to compare production per hour at different points in time, technological development has to be frozen to avoid comparing apples and oranges. Statistics Sweden accomplishes this by creating quality neutral prices and value weights. Using televisions as an example, this means that when the old cathode ray television is exchanged for a new flat screen television, the technological change is captured by using a value weight that measures the value of production instead of the number or the weight in kilos. This method means that a flat screen television is equivalent in value to two old televisions. By using value weights, Statistics Sweden can create a quality neutral price. It goes without saying that quality and technological change are very difficult to estimate as volume changes (how many old televisions are equivalent to a new flat screen television?). The estimates are particularly problematic for products where technological change happens very rapidly. In order to estimate technological and qualitative changes, Statistics Sweden sends questionnaires to manufacturers. 
 The weak productivity gains in some service sectors, not least business services, may at least in part be due to measurement problems. For many of the business services, there is a high degree of differentiation, which makes price and quality comparisons difficult. The more knowledge intensive business services are also often individually adapted to the client, which naturally makes price comparisons even more difficult. The weak productivity gains for these 
  
 85  
 In international comparisons of productivity gains in the service and other industries, productivity per person employed is sometimes measured. See for example Lundgren, S. (ed.) [2007]. If so, gains in several Swedish service industries will be worse than if productivity is measured per hour. One explanation for the difference is that average working hours differ from country to country. 
 87 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 services could be at least partly due to underestimating quality improvements and the consequent overestimation of price trends. 
 Overestimating price trends in certain services (or products) does not necessarily result in large errors in estimating productivity growth in the economy as a whole. This is true since many of the services, particularly business services, are used as inputs in manufacturing. 
 If measurement is a bigger problem for services than for other products, too large a part of the total productivity growth will be attributed to manufacturing and too small a part to service industries. 
 Structural change affects productivity gains 
 Structural change means that some industries grow and some contract and this change is significant for productivity gains throughout the economy. 
  
 86  
  
 Structural change can lead to an in- crease in productivity either by labour moving to activities with higher productivity  
 levels 
 , the static effect, or to activities with higher productivity  
 growth 
 , the dynamic effect. In addition there is an in effect that depends on factors in the industry or firm and that explains the rest of the productivity growth. 
 The in Gonzalez most of the productivity growth from  
 1975–2004. 
  
 87 
  
 Employment, relative to other industries, has not increased after 1990 in industries with higher productivity or higher productivity growth. Even at the corporate level, the contribution from the dynamic and static effects of the structural change to productivity growth was small between 1997 and 2003. 
  
 88 
  
 Analyses of the importance that entering and exiting firms have for productivity growth in manufacturing have arrived at partly different results. 
  
 89  
  
 The relatively short time span analysed could explain why some studies of Sweden do not find any major 
  
 86 
  
 See also chapter 5 for a discussion of the pace of structural change in the economy. 
  
 87 
  
 Myers, D. [2007]. The analysis is based on data from EU KLEMS at the two digit level in accordance with the Swedish Standard Industrial Classification (SNI). Myers, D. [2003] shows in an earlier study of manufacturing that with the exception of the tele- communication products industry, the dynamic effect made a negative contribution to productivity growth after 1990. 
  
 88 
  
 Bond,  
  
 L-F. 
  [2006]. The analysis is based on individual and corporate data bases from the Swedish Institute for Growth Policy Studies (ITPS). Firms with less than one employee and sole proprietorships (where the owner is not counted as employed) have been excluded from the analysis. 
  
 89 
  
 Pena, Rhodes [2005] finds that from 1990 to 2000, 40 per cent of the increase in labour productivity and 50 per cent of the increase in total factor productivity came from starting new firms and closing others. Moore, Johnson, Thompson [2007] find that existing Quinn responsible for 85 per cent of productivity growth from 1997 to 2002. 
  
 88 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 contribution to productivity growth from changes in employment in the industries investigated. 
  
 90  
  
 The new firms importance is primarily evident in the long term. In the short term, the impact on economic growth can be expected to be less. International studies extending over longer periods find a higher correlation between corporate dynamics and productivity growth. 
  
 91 
  
 The rise in demand for services has resulted in a steady increase in the number (and proportion) of hours worked in the service sector, while the number of hours worked in manufacturing has declined. Business services are definitely the fastest growing service industry and the most rapidly growing parts of the business services industry are research and data processing services. The number of hours worked there more than doubled between 1993 and 2005. 
  
 92  
  
 The increase in employment in business services is not unique to Sweden. It can also be found in most OECD countries. 
 Productivity growth has generally Braun in the service sector than in manufacturing. It is therefore not very surprising that studies have had difficulty substantiating that the structural change to more production of services has made a positive contribution to productivity. In the long term, this change may lead to lower productivity growth in the economy as a whole, but it is not a foregone conclusion since services as inputs in other production have increased. Section 4.2 has a more  
 in-depth 
  discussion about what importance service industries may have for productivity in other parts of the economy. It is also important to point out that there is no basis in the statistics for the conclusion that productivity growth would have been higher without the structural change. 
 Employment is also increasing in industries with the services most consumed by households. In particular, the personal services industry, an industry in which productivity gains have been weak, is growing. Increased employment in industries that have weak productivity growth and make products consumed by households without question contributes to lower productivity growth in the economy as a whole. Even though the impact on productivity growth is negative, this does not mean that the growth is necessarily negative from a welfare point of view. Instead, the 
  
 90 
  
 Colon, Thompson, K. [2007]. 
  
 91 
  
 Ahn, S. [2001]. 
  
 92 
  
 EU KLEMS and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
  
 89 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 increased demand for personal services from households reflects changes in household preferences. 
 Many of the services provided by the public sector are similar to personal services in that they are primarily consumed by house- holds and productivity growth is weak. Public service productivity is discussed in chapter 7. 
 Table 4.2 Structural change in the business sector  
 2005–2030 
  
 Percentage 
  
 2005 
  
 2030 
  
 Value 
  
 Banks 
  
 Value 
  
 Banks 
  
 Industry 
  
 added 
  
 worked 
  
 added 
  
 worked 
  
 Agriculture, forestry, hunting and fishery 
  
 2.3 
  
 4.4 
  
 1.5 
  
 1.9 
  
 Mining and quarrying 
  
 0.2 
  
 0.3 
  
 0.3 
  
 0.2 
  
 Manufacturing 
  
 30.7 
  
 25.1 
  
 35.8 
  
 20.8 
  
 Electricity, gas, heating, water, and 
  
 2.6 
  
 1.1 
  
 1.9 
  
 1.0 
  
 sewage treatment plants 
  
 Construction 
  
 4.7 
  
 8.9 
  
 3.8 
  
 10.3 
  
 Services 
  
 59.4 
  
 60.2 
  
 56.8 
  
 65.8 
  
 Business 
  
 100 
  
 100 
  
 100 
  
 100 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 The proportion employed in the service sector continues to increase 
 The scenarios in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey assume that the healthy productivity growth since the beginning of the 1990s will also continue in the future. Productivity growth in manufacturing is assumed to be unchanged and to increase by 3.8 per cent per year on average. This is despite the assumption of clearly lower produc- tivity growth in the electronics and optical equipment industry. For most other manufacturing industries, productivity growth is assumed to be about the same as it was from 1980 to 2005. 
 Continued deregulation of services, not least in the EU, Edwards international competition in the service sector. Since the service sector is still relatively highly regulated, there is consider- able potential for better regulations both in Sweden and inter- 
 90 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 nationally. 
  
 93  
  
 The implementation of the EU Services Directive is thought to have an effect on both international competition in the service sector and on GDP. 
  
 94 
  
 In light of this, it is assumed in the base scenario that produc- tivity growth in the business services industry (including leasing) will be higher in the future than during the past 25 years. The increase in productivity in the industry in recent years also indicates that this is likely. This also is true of the transport industry, which is also assumed to have higher productivity growth in the future. 
 The increasing demand for personal services will lead to an increase in the proportion of people employed in the industry in the years ahead. Both the level of productivity and productivity growth are expected to continue to be low in this industry. The increasing demand for welfare services anticipated by the Survey will contribute to an increase in the share of the workforce employed in the public sector and a corresponding decrease in the private sector. 
 With employment in the service Dickson, future productivity growth in the business sector as a whole is expected to be somewhat lower: 2.3 per cent a year compared with 2.5 per cent a year over the last 25 years. 
  
 4.2 
  
 Services affect productivity in other industries 
  
 With the increase in employment in the service sector, the question arises as to whether this will lead to lower economic growth in the long term. 
 Up to the beginning of the 2000s, the productivity  
 level  
 was higher in the service sector than in the product sector. Vincent the earlier shift in employment from the product sector to the service sector contributed to higher productivity in the economy as a whole. But for the last few years, the productivity level has been lower in the service sector than in the product sector. Since a large part of the services are used as an input in other production, this shift in production towards the service sector may yet contribute to more efficiency in the economy as a whole. 
  
 93 
  
 OECD [2008d]. 
  
 94 
  
 Kox, H., Lejour, Tyler, R. [2005] and Copenhagen Economics [2005]. 
  
 91 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 4.2.1 
  
 The increasing importance of business services as an input in industry 
  
 The purchase of services as a percentage of the value of production has increased in manufacturing. Business services, particularly the group other business services, have increased their share of the input in manufacturing firms (figure 4.3). Included in other business services are cleaning, telecommunications, employment agencies, recruitment, architect services and security services; see fact box 4.2. The share of input attributable to RD services has also increased somewhat. 
 The use of other services (transport, communications, trade, financial services, hotels and restaurants) as manufacturing inputs has grown at approximately the same pace as the increase in production and hence their share of input is relatively unchanged. 
 Figure 4.3 Business service inputs as a percentage of total production 1995 and 2003 
  
 25% 
  
 20% 
  
 15% 
  
 10% 
  
 5% 
  
 0% 
  
 Agriculture, 
  
 Manufacturing 
  
 Electricity, gas, 
  
 Business services 
  
 Other services 
  
 forestry and 
  
 construction 
  
 mining 
  
 1995 
  
 2003 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden [e] and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 92 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The percentage of business service inputs has increased in all product sectors except coal and petroleum products. Business service inputs as a percentage of the value of production have increased more in manufacturing than in the service industries. In this connection, it is worth noting that the most rapidly growing industries in manufacturing (chemicals and electronics and optical equipment) are also the industries in which the percentage of business service inputs has increased the most. 
 The shift in work from manufacturing to service companies can only partly account for the increase in the production of business services. Another explanation is the increase in the service content of products, particularly the knowledge content. Among the indications that this is the case is the fact that while employment in manufacturing has declined, the percentage of those employed in manufacturing firms that have  
 service-related 
  work tasks has increased. This increase has thus been taking place at the same time that the number of people employed in business services has increased and manufacturing firms have increased their purchases of business services. The service content of consumption and production in manufacturing has increased considerably. 
  
 95 
  
 The relative price changes between product inputs and service inputs are another explanation for the rise in the percentage of service inputs. The high productivity in the production of a number of goods has meant that business services have become more expensive compared with other inputs. This may have contributed to the rise in business service inputs as a percentage of the value. 
  
 95  
 Kox, Rodriguez, Austin [2007]. 
 93 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Fact box 4.3 Leasing and business services in a statistical perspective 
  
 SNI ( 
 Swedish Standard Industrial Classification 2002 
  
 71 
  
 Leasing of machinery and equipment without operator and of personal and household goods 
  
 72 
  
 Data processing and related activities 
  
 73 
  
 Research and development 
  
 74 
  
 Other business activities 
  
 741 Legal and financial consultant activities, holding activities 
 742 Architectural and engineering activities and related technical consultancy 
 743 Technical testing and analysis 
 744 Advertising 
 745 Labour recruitment and provision of personnel 
 746 Investigation and security activities 
 747 Industrial cleaning 
 748 Miscellaneous business activities 
  
 4.2.2 
  
 Importance of business services for productivity in other industries 
  
 Moving work tasks out of manufacturing into the service sector affects productivity in all parts of the economy. This move can contribute to more specialisation and economies of scale in the production of different services. It may contribute to higher productivity growth throughout the economy even though it may appear from the statistics that the move contributes to growth in industries with low productivity growth while industries with higher productivity growth contract. 
 Services as inputs may also have indirect effects on productivity in those industries that use them, for example, by the transfer of knowledge. They may do this even though they are not reflected in economic transactions. Indirect effects may also arise if the service being used as an input is improved and does not increase in price. Under pricing may be the result of the market structure for some knowledge products and occur, for example, during an economic slowdown. 
 Analyses of the indirect effects of business services on productivity by various forms of spillover effects are incomplete and rather fragmented. But it is relatively clear that IT services have 
 94 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 positive effects on productivity gains in other industries. For other business services, a study cautiously concludes that the growth in business services in the 1980s had positive spillover effects on productivity in the economy as a whole. According to the study, it appears that business service firms at that time did not want to or could not charge prices equivalent to the value of the services to the purchaser. Developments in the 1990s had more mixed results. 
  
 96 
  
 4.3 
  
 Productivity is determined by investment, labour force skills and technological developments 
  
 In the long term, the determinants of productivity are the quality of the labour force and capital, the way in which capital intensity develops in production and technological developments in a broad sense. Investments in different types of real capital and in education, together with measures that promote technological development, are therefore important for  
 long-term 
  Burch.  
  
 97 
  
 In the statistics, gains in labour productivity can be classified as changes in real capital, human capital and technological development. In practice, this division is an attempt to estimate the contribution from changes in IT capital, other real capital and the composition of the labour force. That part of the change in labour productivity not explained by these three factors is called total factor productivity. 
  
 98  
  
 It is often used as a measure of the contribution from technological development in the broad sense, a factor that cannot be measured directly. 
 Increased real capital and technological development have been the most important factors in productivity gains in Sweden for more than ten years and together represented two thirds of the 
  
 96 
  
 Kox, Rodriguez, Austin [2007]. 
  
 97 
  
 See also appendix 1 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108) for a detailed description of methods for analysing productivity gains and various data sources. The growth accounting method applied in this section has in recent years Jackson in a number of studies to analyse Swedens productivity gains as, for example, in appendix 6 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:14) or Skytesvall, T.  Hagén,  
 H-O. 
  [2008]. 
  
 98 
  
 In growth accounting, which is based on Solows growth model (Smith, Cowan [1957]), technological development is a residual often called total factor productivity. The change in total factor productivity is usually defined as the increase in production minus a weighted average of the increase in factory inputs. 
  
 95 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 productivity growth in the Swedish business sector between 1994 and 2005 (figure 4.4). IT capital contributed a fifth while changes in the composition of the labour force with more well educated workers contributed to a lesser extent. 
 There are large differences in how various industries contri- buted to total productivity growth in the economy. There are also large differences between industries in what contributed the most to the industrys productivity growth. The increase in total factor productivity in the telecommunications products industry explains a substantial part of the total productivity growth over the last ten years. 
 Figure 4.4 The contribution of productivity to the total economy, average per year  
 1994–2005 
  
 Annual percentage change 
 3.0 
 2.5 
 2.0 
 1.5 
 1.0 
 0.5 
 0.0 
  
 Sweden 
  
 EU-15 
  
 United States 
  
 Labour force composition 
  
 IT capital 
  
 Real capital 
  
 Total factor productivity 
  
 Source: EU KLEMS and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 Also in the service sector, there are large differences between industries in the factors that contributed to productivity growth. 
 96 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 Productivity growth in business services has been weak, even though it has improved in the last decade. The weak growth is due to the negative growth in total factor productivity in the industry in the last decade (figure 4.5). Here it should be noted that it is difficult to measure both price and quality developments in this industry; see fact box 4.1. 
 In several service industries, investment in IT and other capital has Norris important in accounting for productivity growth in the last decade. In the financial industry (credit institutions and insurance), the changes in the composition of the labour force in the direction of more well educated workers have also made a positive contribution to productivity growth. 
 Figure 4.5 The contribution of productivity in service industries, average per year  
 1994–2005 
  
 Annual percentage change 
 8 
 7 
 6 
 5 
 4 
 3 
 2 
 1 
 0  
 -1 
 -2 
  
 Wholesale and 
  
 Transport, 
  
 Post and tele- 
  
 Credit institutions 
  
 Real estate 
  
 Business Services 
  
 retail trade, hotels, 
  
 storage 
  
 communications 
  
 and insurance 
  
 (incl. leasing) 
  
 restaurants 
  
 Labour force composition 
  
 IT capital 
  
 Real capital 
  
 Total factor productivity 
  
 Source: EU KLEMS and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 97 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 In the United States and a number of EU countries, increased use of IT capital and a well educated labour force have made a substantial contribution to the labour productivity increase in the service sector. At the same time, the differences in labour produc- tivity between countries are not solely explained by differences in these factors. Instead the countries with the highest growth characteristically have relatively strong total factor productivity growth. 
  
 99 
  
 4.3.1 
  
 Investment is important for productivity growth 
  
 More and better capital accounts for around half of the productivity growth in the business sector. Providing the labour force with a larger amount of capital has led to an increase in labour productivity. Investment in real capital affects productivity in the business sector in two ways. It both increases capital in relation to the number of Andrade, i.e. increases capital intensity, and it supplies production with new technology as new capital replaces old. 
 The real capital stock in the form of machinery and buildings has historically grown as a result of investment. Investment is necessary to replace worn out capital and to make the introduction of new economic activities possible. Low investment results in failure to replace machines and buildings at the same pace as they wear out, i.e. the capital stock decreases; likewise, major invest- ment results in the growth of the capital stock. 
  
 99  
 Inklaar, R., Timmer, M.P.  van Ark, B. [2008]. 
 98 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 Richard ratio  
 1980–2005 
  
 Per cent 
  
 2.7 
  
 2.5 
  
 2.3 
  
 2.1 
  
 1.9 
  
 1.7 
  
 1.5 
  
 1980 
  
 1982 
  
 1984 
  
 1986 
  
 1988 
  
 1990 
  
 1992 
  
 1994 
  
 1996 
  
 1998 
  
 2000 
  
 2002 
  
 2004 
  
 Note: The capital ratio is the capital stock divided by GDP. Before 1993 capital stock is calculated according to the Perpetual Inventory Method (PIM), i.e. the value of the stock is calculated with the help of assumptions about investment and depreciation rates based on an observed initial value. 
 Source: EU KLEMS and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 The Swedish capital stock grew more rapidly than GDP from  
 1980–2005 
  (2.6 per cent annually compared to 2.2 per cent). The capital ratio 
  
 100  
  
 was somewhat higher in the first half of the 2000s than in the 1980s (figure 4.6). The sharp increase in the capital ratio during the recession in the early 1990s is more a reflection of the fall in GDP than of high growth in the capital stock. Likewise, the declining capital ratio at the end of the 1990s primarily reflects the sharp recovery in GDP growth. 
 During this period, private capitals share of the total stock relative to the public sectors share has risen. The reduced public capital ratio is due to the decrease in local government capital stock in relation to GDP while the central government capital stock has remained constant. 
 Between 1980 and 2005, the capital ratio was about 2.3. In the base scenario, this relationship between capital stock and GDP is also 2.3 in 2030. The scenarios in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey assume that in the long term, the private capital stock grows at the same pace as the private sectors value added. Since local government expenditure is linked to its extensive responsibility for health care, 
  
 100  
 The capital ratio is the capital stock divided by GDP. 
 99 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 schools and social services, local government consumption is assumed to have some impact on the growth in the local government capital stock. Some of the incentives for the growth of the central government capital stock are assumed to be different, as the major part of central government investment is used for infrastructure. Therefore the scenarios assume that the central government capital stock grows at the same pace as GDP. 
 Financial markets affect investment 
 According to empirical studies, the way in which the financial markets operate has a significant effect on the level of investment over and above the cost variables. 
  
 101  
  
 The explanation for the finan- cial markets impact on investment is that companies, particularly small companies, often encounter a liquidity restriction. In addi- tion, small companies in highly industrialised countries have limited access to credit in the financial markets and consequently their investment decisions are dependent on their liquidity. 
 IT capital makes a relatively large contribution to productivity in Sweden 
 Part of capitals contribution to the productivity increase in Sweden, particularly in the latter part of the 1990s, has been due to a higher percentage of IT capital in production. IT contributes to increased productivity both because companies in every sector invest in IT capital and because productivity growth is higher in IT than in other sectors. The rapid technological development in production using IT capital has at the same time contributed to lower prices for IT equipment. The contribution to productivity from IT capital in Sweden and the United States was higher than the EU average (figure 4.4). But IT capitals importance for productivity growth appears to have declined somewhat in the 2000s. Lower growth in the IT sector in recent years is the likely explanation. 
  
 101 
 Appendix 5 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:12). 
 100 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 4.3.2 
  
 The quality of the labour force is important for productivity 
  
 The quality of the labour force affects productivity. The labour forces level of formal education is often used as a measure of its quality, even though several studies use additional factors such as sex and age. 
  
 102  
  
 According to the theory, a well educated person contributes more to the increase in value added than a person with less education. 
  
 103 
  
 The increase in the proportion of well educated people has contributed to higher productivity 
 In Sweden, the percentage of hours worked by those with a post- secondary education has increased since the  
 mid-1990s. 
  This can be partly explained by the weak labour market in Sweden during the 1990s and the simultaneous rapid increase in the number of places in  
 post-secondary 
  education. This development has led to a change in the composition of the labour force with an increase in the proportion of well educated workers. The composition of the labour force is also changing as considerably more of the younger people now entering the labour market have a  
 post-secondary 
  education compared to the older workers leaving the labour force. 
 The change in employed peoples education profile has contributed to productivity growth in the past ten years. 
  
 104  
  
 The contribution to productivity from changes in the composition of the labour force has been somewhat higher in Sweden than in the United States and higher than in the EU 15 between 1995 and 2005 (figure 4.4). 
 In manufacturing, the increase in those with a  
 post-secondary 
  education has made a small, positive contribution in all industries. The electronics and optical equipment industries have experienced the largest contributions from changes in the education profile in the manufacturing sector. The changes in composition have made a positive contribution to productivity growth in all service industries, but they have clearly Monroe important in the 
  
 102 
  
 Appendix 6 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:14), Ortiz, Ho, M.  Stiroh, K. [2007], van Ark, B., OMahoney, M.  Ypma, G. [2007]. 
  
 103 
  
 Appendix 6 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:14). 
  
 104 
  
 Appendix 6 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:14). 
 101 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 financial industry (figure 4.5). In business services, there are large differences from one service to another. A rough division accor- ding to education level shows that in business services employing a larger percentage of workers with a  
 post-secondary 
  education, the number of hours worked is about double that of business services having more employees with little education. 
  
 105  
  
 But in the last decade, the number of hours worked increased substantially more in business services with a relatively large percentage of workers with little education. 
 Higher education will continue to contribute in the future 
 If the percentage of people completing a  
 post-secondary 
  education continues to increase, the changes in labour force composition Alexander proportion of labour with higher productivity will accelerate. In addition, as a result of the generation shift, the proportion of workers with a higher education Edwards even if the percentage of young people graduating from university is unchanged from the current level. 
 How much a continued increase in the proportion of university educated workers will affect productivity is unknown and also difficult to estimate based on historical developments. Studies made of the effect of a university education on productivity are based on situations in which many fewer individuals had a univer- sity education. In a situation where an increasing number of people are pursuing a university education, the quality of the graduates (or the level of education) may possibly change. A rising proportion of university graduates will push up the productivity  
 level 
 , but at the same time it may mean that the contribution to productivity  
 growth  
 will decline when the percentage of university graduates increases. 
 In order for a higher percentage of university graduates to have an effect on productivity, the increase in the supply of graduates must also correspond to an increase in the demand for this very category. Research studies indicate that technological develop- ments and internationalisation mean that the demand for graduates will increase in the future.  
  
 106 
  
 105 
  
 Under the Swedish Standard Industrial Classification, Davidson to industries (SNI) 72, 73,  
  
 741–744. 
  
 106 
  
 Estes. Jacobs others [2007]. 
  
 102 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 All in all, it is difficult to draw definite conclusions about how much the education level affects the productivity level and productivity growth in the long term. 
  
 107  
  
 The productivity gain from more people taking a university education Duncan be Levine against the cost of the education and the cost in the form of a lower labour supply during the study time. How education affects labour market entry is discussed in detail in chapter 3. 
 A good basic education is important for everyone 
 For various reasons, a substantial proportion of the population will also lack a university education in the future. How the human capital in this group is developed will also be important for productivity growth. Even though the average productivity of this group is lower than that of university graduates, an increase in the groups human capital means an increase in productivity in the economy. The human capital of those lacking a university education depends both on what education they have and on the skills they have acquired in the workplace. 
 It is essential that compulsory school and upper secondary school provide the knowledge and skills necessary for establish- ment in the labour market. As chapter 3 made clear, the percentage of young people who do not finish upper secondary school continues to be high at the same time that this group has difficulty finding work. Insufficient education, combined with a delayed labour market entry, means that the human capital accumulated declines and the value of what education one actually has declines. This effect evidently persists for several years. Long periods of youth unemployment can therefore have  
 long-term 
  effects on productivity growth in the economy 
 A decline in the number of young people who, for various reasons, do not Perez or upper secondary school would be positive for both the labour supply and productivity growth in the long term. Likewise, Wallace reducing  
 long-term 
  unemployment are important for human capital development and thus for productivity. 
  
 107  
 Appendix 6 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:14). 
 103 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Staff training contributes to productivity, but to what extent is unclear 
 The aim of staff training, which to a considerable extent is company- or –  
 task-specific, 
  is to improve labours skills and it can thus Randall. 
 Staff training results in a continual and extensive upgrading of labour force skills. In 2003 employers staff training costs in Sweden came to over SEK 64 billion, of which the training itself cost over SEK 27 billion. 
  
 108  
  
 In the same year, the comparable cost at a university or college came to just under SEK 44 billion. 
  
 109  
  
 About half of those employed participate annually in some form of training paid for by their employer, compared with about 15 per cent of the labour force in the United States who are given this opportunity. 
  
 110 
  
 Staff training most commonly focuses on business administra- tion, health care and IT. 
  
 111  
  
 The focus of at least a part of the staff training indicates that the investment in training is complementary to other investments, particularly IT investments. More staff training has been shown to increase the positive effects of IT investments on productivity growth. 
  
 112 
  
 Staff training is not included in measures of education level that are often used for estimating the significance of education for productivity. Instead staff trainings contribution to productivity is included in the total factor productivity measure. 
  
 4.3.3 
  
 Total factor productivity has many underlying factors 
  
 In Sweden total factor productivity has accounted for not Boone in labour productivity in the last 25 years. Total factor productivity growth was considerably higher in Sweden after 1995 than it was in the 1980s (figure 4.7). 
 Total factor productivity growth has increased in both Sweden and the United States since the 1980s. The opposite has occurred in EU countries, with total factor productivity growth falling. 
  
 108 
  
 Statistics Sweden [g], ( 
  
 www.scb.se/templates/Product____8989.asp 
  
 ). Other costs were labour, travel, accommodation and food. 
  
 109 
  
 National Agency for Higher Education [2004]. 
  
 110 
  
 Jacobs, T. [2004]. 
  
 111 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2006a]. 
  
 112 
  
 Levy, Sherman, Carter, E.  Savvidou, E. [2004]. 
  
 104 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 Figure 4.7 Total factor productivity in the business sector, annual change in Sweden, the United States and the EU  
 1980–2004 
  
 Per cent 
  
 1.8 
  
 1.6 
  
 1.4 
  
 1.2 
  
 1.0 
  
 0.8 
  
 0.6 
  
 0.4 
  
 0.2 
  
 0.0 
  
 Sweden 
  
 United States 
  
 EU 
  
 1980–1994 
  
 1995–2004 
  
 Source: Timmer, M. and others. [2003], Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 Research points to a number of different factors that may help to explain total factor productivity growth:  
  
 113 
  
 the emergence and growth of information technology 
  
 innovative capacity 
  
 research and development 
  
 entrepreneurship 
  
 level of internationalisation and technology transfer 
  
 competition and deregulation of product markets 
  
 human capital formation 
  
 structural change and organisational changes. 
  
 113  
 See for example, Spears, Skinner, Ho, M.  Stiroh, K. [2007], SOU 1991:82, Appendix 6 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 1991:14), and the National Institute of Economic Research [2005]. 
 105 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 The large differences in total factor productivity between different industries indicate that industry specific characteristics may affect total factor productivity growth. 
 As total factor productivity in the statistics is calculated as a residual item, there are also other explanatory factors in addition to the above. One example already mentioned is that staff training is not captured by the measure of labour force composition. 
 Research and innovations increase total factor productivity 
 Innovations that improve products or lead to new products or to new, more efficient methods of production contribute to the growth of total factor productivity by reducing the cost of using the inputs and capital. 
 It is unclear exactly what determines a countrys innovative capacity, but the OECD and the EU use various indicators to try to capture countries innovation capacity. The most common indicator is companies investment in research and development (RD). Results from various studies show that Sweden invests more in knowledge and RD as a percentage of GDP than does any other country. In 2005 companies in Sweden invested the equivalent of more than 3 per cent of GDP in RD, the highest investment intensity of any OECD country. Sweden is also in the forefront with respect to return on investment in the form of patents, etc., but is ranked somewhat lower in high technology exports. 
  
 114  
  
 It is also important to point out that in international rankings, Sweden has had a high return in the form of high growth in total factor productivity in the last ten years . 
 Even though manufacturing companies are responsible for a substantial part of RD investment, knowledge intensive service industries, not least business services, may play an important role in the spread of innovation in the economy. First, the business services industry itself is a source of innovations, second, it contributes to the spread of information and third, it helps companies – particularly smaller ones – get access to the skilled Burke they Glenn are unable to employ since they only need a few working hours to acquire the needed skills. 
  
 114  
 OECD [2007e], page 216, During  
 1996–2005, 
  growth in exports of  
 high-technology 
  goods outstripped that of total manufacturing in all OECD countries except Japan and Sweden. 
 106 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 Internationalisation contributes to the transfer of knowledge and technology 
 Even though Sweden invests a relatively large Jones in research, the investment makes up only about 1 per cent of world invest- ment. By far the largest part of new knowledge is thus generated outside Sweden and has to be imported in order to Randall here. For many countries, technology transfer is the main source of productivity growth and small countries are more dependent on foreign technology than big countries. 
  
 115 
  
 Trade and direct investment affect the transfer of knowledge between countries. Companies that export are bigger and more productive than  
 non-exporting 
  companies. Exporters are also more capital intensive and pay higher wages. Exporting companies were already more productive before they began exporting, but there are also indications that exports lead to higher productivity in companies. 
  
 116  
  
 Exporting companies get access to new technology and new production methods from competitors through trade. In the same way, more import competition can contribute to higher productivity, but the import of inputs Ward contribute to a potential increase in the inflow of knowledge. 
  
 117 
  
 Like trade, direct investment is important for technology trans- fer between countries. Direct investment makes the transfer of  
 group-specific 
  knowledge possible between different companies in the same group. Productivity in multinational companies is higher than in companies with production in only one country. 
 Internationalisation also means that new rapidly growing industrial countries such as China and India have been integrated into the world economy. The new industrial countries competitive advantages are primarily in production that uses a relatively large Gomez  
 low-skilled 
  labour. The expansion of production in Middleton highly skilled labour in Sweden. 
  
 118  
  
 This, in turn, Hill. 
  
 115 
  
 Keller, W. [2004]. 
  
 116 
  
 Girma, S., Hanna, Davidson, R. [2004]. 
  
 117 
  
 Estes. Jacobs others [2007]. 
  
 118 
  
 Estes, P. [2005]. 
  
 107 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Entrepreneurs exploit new business opportunities 
 Entrepreneurship is a broad concept used to explain how new business opportunities are exploited. A basic tenet of economic theory is that established companies do not want to abandon well- tried technology and products and are disinclined to take the risks associated with the introduction of new ones. Therefore, entre- preneurs and new companies are important for productivity growth. 
 It is not only the increase in input factors or their greater availability that propels growth, but also the entrepreneurs ability to combine input factors in a way that generates more value. This may be new combinations of machines for producing new products or new markets in which to sell the products. If this is so, entre- preneurship should be made an independent factor of production in the growth function. 
  
 119 
  
 The definition of entrepreneurship varies from study to study and entrepreneurship is thus often used as a collective concept, for example, for new companies and small companies. According to a research review, entrepreneurs are better at innovating and have a small, but significant, effect on both labour productivity and total factor productivity. 
  
 120  
  
 Studies of Swedish companies also show that entrepreneurs make a positive contribution to productivity growth, particularly total factor productivity and particularly over a longer period. 
  
 121 
  
 Positive correlation between competition and productivity 
 According to most studies, competition has a positive effect on innovation and thus on technological development and produc- tivity. Greater competition leads to greater productivity primarily through three channels: 
  
 Allocation efficiency – competition means that the most productive companies survive and thus contribute to a more efficient distribution of the economys production resources. 
  
 119 
  
 See Wood, Little, M. (2007) for a discussion of the role of the entre- preneur. 
  
 120 
  
 Thomas, Lopez, P. [2007]. 
  
 121 
  
 Wood, Little, M. [2007] and Colon, Thompson, K. [2007]. 
  
 108 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 Production efficiency – competition requires companies to use the most effective production technology in order to survive. X- inefficiency thus decreases. 
  
 Dynamic efficiency – competition provides companies with the incentive to innovate in order to maintain their competitiveness. 
  
 Empirical studies have found a correlation between the degree of competition and productivity. 
  
 122  
  
 According to most studies, competition has a positive effect on innovation, even though some results point to a  
 hump-shaped 
  correlation between competition and innovation. 
  
 123 
  
 In the 1990s a major liberalisation and reform of the regulatory framework Hansen out in Sweden in order to increase competition in various parts of the economy; see chart 4.1. Not least, changes Riggs made to the regulatory regimes for transport, postal and telecommunications services, and electricity production. The changes probably contributed to the rapid productivity growth that has taken place in these industries since the beginning of the 1990s. In addition to the regulatory reform, the Competition Act was strengthened and the Public Procurement Act was introduced, which, like EU membership, fostered competition in all industries. But in the 2000s, the pace of reform has moderated and since 2001, only two major reforms have been implemented. 
  
 122 
  
 EU [2007]. 
  
 123 
  
 OECD [2003], Aghion, Acosta, P. [2005]. 
  
 109 
 Good Productivity Growth The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Chart 4.1 
  
 2006 Major reforms up to 2006 
  
 Swedish Competition 
  
 Telecommunications Act 
  
 Authority formed. 
  
 Free-school 
  reform. 
  
 opens up 
  
 telecommunications to 
  
 New Price Information 
  
 Taxi market liberalised. 
  
 competition. 
  
 Act. 
  
 New Competition 
  
 Electricity 
  
 Act. 
  
 Smith 
  bus 
  
 Statens Järnvägar (SJ)  
  
 Public 
  
 market 
  
 service totally 
  
 the Swedish National Rail 
  
 Procure- 
  
 liberalised. 
  
 deregulated. 
  
 Administration separated. 
  
 ment Act 
  
 EU 
  
 06 
  
 84 
  
 86 
  
 88 
  
 90 
  
 92 
  
 94 
  
 96 
  
 98 
  
 00 
  
 02 
  
 04 
  
 Year 
  
 Financial and foreign 
  
 EEA 
  
 Competition Authority 
  
 exchange market 
  
 agreement. 
  
 implements EU competition 
  
 liberalisation. 
  
 rules. 
  
 Postal market 
  
 Air transport 
  
 liberalised. 
  
 Freight market opened to 
  
 liberalised. 
  
 Vin  Sprit monopoly 
  
 competition. 
  
 Turner. 
  
 Vattenfall corporatised and 
  
 separated from the national 
  
 Competitive procurement for 
  
 grid. 
  
 unprofitable railway passenger 
  
 traffic. 
  
 Note: In several markets the regulations have been changed Butler and this figure shows the year when the liberalisation was initiated. LOU is the Public Procurement Act 
 Source: See, for example, SOU 2005:4. 
 In many service industries, competition, not least international competition, has been and still is limited. To some extent, the very nature of the service may explain this; for example, some services must be consumed at the same time that they are produced. However, technological development, particularly in IT, has made increased competition in the service industries possible. Inter- national deregulation and agreements also promote more compe- tition. International competition in the form of trade and direct investment in the service sector has also increased sharply in recent decades. However, substantial disparities among service industries remain. 
 There is some empirical support indicating that reducing Edwards in the service sector increases productivity, but the increase originates in manufacturing rather than in the service sector. 
  
 124  
  
 Lower Edwards in post and telecommunications 
  
 124  
 Lee, Torres, S.[2003]. 
 110 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 have had a positive affect on the growth of total factor productivity in the industry, but there is no evidence that the same would also be true for other service industries. 
  
 125 
  
 More international competition in service industries may have an effect on productivity growth. There is some evidence support- ing the view that companies in Sweden importing a higher propor- tion of the total services they use have higher productivity than other companies have. 
  
 126  
  
 However, the effect is modest. In the United States,  
 off-shoring 
  and outsourcing service production to other countries with lower costs has helped increase productivity growth in the United States. 
  
 127 
  
 The result indicates that measures that promote greater inter- national competition in the service sector have a positive effect on productivity growth in the economy. The EU Services Directive and judgments in the Court of Justice will probably contribute to more international competition in several service industries in the future. This could, in turn, have positive effects on productivity growth. 
  
 4.4 
  
 Conclusion 
  
 Productivity growth in the Swedish business sector has Williams since the beginning of the 1990s from both a domestic and an international perspective. There are many indications that struc- tural factors such as the growth in information technology (IT), internationalisation, innovation and deregulation may account for the positive growth. An exceptionally robust increase in total factor productivity in the telecommunications products industry accounts for a substantial part of the productivity growth in the economy as a whole during this period. 
 Productivity growth is determined by investment, labour force skills and technological developments. Burton in turn are influenced by such factors as the range and orientation of education and training; general conditions for companies and entrepreneurs; avail- ability of risk capital for research and development, and compe- tition. 
  
 125 
  
 Inklaar, R., Timmer, M.P.  van Ark, B. [2008]. 
  
 126 
  
 Hagsten, E., Simmons, Martinez, P. [2006]. 
  
 127 
  
 Moore, M.  Wei,  
  
 S-H. 
  [2006]. 
 111 
  
 Good Productivity Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 In addition, macroeconomic stability is of importance as it affects pressure to restructure and uncertainty. In many cases various factors may interact and strengthen each others effects. It has proved difficult to assess how much one individual factor affects productivity growth so a policy to promote good produc- tivity growth should take a broad approach and have as a general aim greater competition and free trade. 
  
 128 
  
 The policy should aim at creating good conditions and a level playing field for companies and entrepreneurs. Facilitating research and innovation, not least by good access to labour with a post- graduate education, is also important. In addition, Melton, both nationally and internationally, are important, not least in the service sector. 
 The approach should not only be broad, but also general, Welch individual industries. The sectoral differences in productivity are substantial and they also vary over time. There is nothing to indicate that the public sector can foresee any better than the market which industries have the best productivity outlook in the long term. On the contrary, a policy aimed at favouring particular industries instead risks locking resources into industries that afterwards turn out to have weak growth. 
 The increasing demand for services has led to a shift in employment to the service sector, a sector that has historically had a lower productivity growth than manufacturing. But owing to the growing role of services as an input in other production, the effect of this structural change on productivity in the economy as a whole is uncertain. Clearly, with a growing service sector, productivity growth there will be increasingly important for the economy. 
 There is little international competition in several service industries compared to manufacturing and international speciali- sation is less advanced. The nature of services accounts for this to some extent; for example, some services must be consumed in connection with production. However, with the development of information technology, an increasing share of services can be purchased internationally. 
 Chapter 7 discusses the possibilities of increasing productivity in government services. Competition there has Norris low in the past but by opening these services to competition, new actors can contribute to the growth of the activity, both public and private. 
  
 128 
 A newly published review by  
 Ulltveit-Moe, 
  K. [2008] argues that the most important lesson from European industrial policy is that free trade and competition rather than market intervention contribute to productivity growth. 
 112 
  
 5 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The Swedish 
  
 economy has changed considerably in the 
  
 past 
  
 150 years. In 
  
 those days approximately 75 per cent of 
  
 those 
  
 employed worked in agriculture Herrera 3 per cent do (figure 5.1). 
 Figure 5.1 Employment in various sectors  
 1850–2000 
  
 Number of people 
  
 1 600 000 
  
 1 400 000 
  
 1 200 000 
  
 1 000 000 
  
 800 000 
  
 600 000 
  
 400 000 
  
 200 000 
  
 0 
  
 1850 1859 1868 1877 1886 1895 1904 1913 1922 1931 1940 1949 1958 1967 1976 1985 1994 
  
 Agriculture 
  
 Manufacturing and construction 
  
 Private services 
  
 Public sevices 
  
 Source: White, Flores, L. [2007]. 
 113 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic change contributes to better productivity growth, but at the same time it may involve costs. Each transfer of production resources requires adaptability so that production resources are not idle. Low mobility causes unemployment and idle capital. The better the economy can adjust, the higher the pace of change can be in the economy. 
 Therefore discussing adaptability is much more relevant Wolfe whether or not the pace of change has quickened. Lewis, the issue of the pace of change often comes up in debates, not least in the context of increasing internationalisation. Developments in recent decades do not provide an entirely clear picture of whether the pace of economic change has increased. The result depends on the measure used as well as the periods compared. 
  
 5.1 
  
 Alternative definitions of change. 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 uses the concept of change in a general sense. In order to analyse changes both between and within industries, we use two additional concepts (see fact box 5.1). 
  
 1. 
  
 Structural change  
 – production resources are moved between industries. 
  
 2. 
  
 Employment dynamic  
 – the number of jobs that are created or disappear at the enterprise or workplace level. 
 In section 5.2.3, an additional concept is used for change that originates at the enterprise level, the business dynamic, which specifies new and closed down companies as percentages of the total enterprise stock. 
 114 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 Fact Box 5.1 Definition of change 
 Structural change can be defined by starting with the concept of structure. According to the National Encyclopaedia, structure is defined as the arrangement of and the relationships between the parts of a whole. Structural change may thus concern different levels in the whole, from the workplace to the economy divided into two sectors. 
 Hence, the definition of structural change is a matter of the level that is the starting point. The two extremes can be said to be either measuring only the  
 Franklinbetween the manufacturing, service and agriculture sectors or measuring all the changes down to when a factor of production changes its task in the individual workplace. In order to analyse both shifts between and within industries, the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 will use two concepts: 
  
 1. 
  
 Structural change  
 – Production resources are moved between industries measured at the two digit level in accordance with the Swedish Standard Industrial Classification (SNI). 
 2  
 The reason for choosing the two digit level is that it is the lowest level at which the majority of the statistics used are available. 
  
 2. 
  
 Employment dynamic  
 – the number of jobs that are created or disappear at the company or workplace level. What is being measured is Bates or the company is increasing or reducing its work force, not if an individual leaves a job and is replaced by someone else. 
  
 1 
  
 Johnson, Austin [1973]. 
  
 2 
  
 SNI means the Swedish Standard Industrial Classification and is based on the EU standard NACE. Units of production such as companies and workplaces are classified under the activity conducted. 
  
 The demographic trend, internationalisation and the increased demand for services all Phillips the employ- ment dynamic. The demographic trend means that demand is shifted to particular industries. Internationalisation increases competition and may lead to both more rapid and slower change. Increased demand for services leads to a rise in the service sectors share of the economy. 
 As a rule, change leads to further change in an ongoing process. The previous change may bring companies both new opportunities and difficulties. Regardless of the reasons for the change, the effects will seem different in the long and the short term. The costs of the change will likely appear primarily in the short term, for example, in the form of unemployment, while the benefits will primarily occur in the long term, for example, in the form of lower prices and more innovation. 
 115 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 5.2 
  
 The pace of change is unclear 
  
 The dramatic change in the employment structure in Sweden in the last 150 years is evidence that economic change is not a new process. But the question is whether change is more rapid now than before. This section describes the pace of structural change based partly on earlier studies and partly on new estimates. The description of the employment dynamic is based primarily on the results in one of the Survey's appendices 
 Based on Swedish experience, it is impossible to reach any clear- cut conclusion on Jones change has altered. Most of the studies used indicate that the pace of structural change increased in connection with the crisis in the 1990s, particularly when compared with the 1980s, but also with the 1970s. The pace of structural change is thought not to increase continuously but it has changed. The time series for the employment dynamic are shorter but they show considerable stability during the period, if the 1990s crisis is disregarded. 
  
 5.2.1 
  
 The pace of structural change has varied 
  
 Earlier Swedish studies have found that the pace of structural change has Norris relatively Rodriguez 1960 to the  
 mid-1990s. 
  
 130 
  
 Our results for 1970 to 2005 indicate a higher pace of structural change during the 1990s and 2000s compared with the two preceding decades (table 5.1 in fact box 5.2). There appears to have been an Johnson in the pace of structural change but there is not a steady increase. 
 Regardless of the measure used, it is clear that the pace of change was lower in the 1980s than it was in the 1970s and in the years  
 1990-2005. 
  Soto, Davis change was lower or higher in the 1970s compared with the years after 1990 is not as  
 clear-cut. 
  
 Figure 5.2 shows the results using one of the measures. It shows the percentage of hours worked and the value added that were shifted between sectors between 1972 and 2004. For example, the value 1.1 for the total Knapp worked in 2004 shows that in that 
  
 129 
  
 Appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21). 
  
 130 
  
 Foley, Reilly, P. [2002] and Bond, Austin, Hernandez, Young, Austin [2000]. 
  
 116 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 year, the industries that grew relatively did so by 1.1 percentage points at the cost of the contracting industries. 
 Figure 5.2 Structural change measured as the percentage shifts, three year moving average,  
 1972–2004 
  
 Percentage points 
  
 1.8 
  
 1.6 
  
 1.4 
  
 1.2 
  
 1.0 
  
 0.8 
  
 0.6 
  
 0.4 
  
 0.2 
  
 0.0 
  
 1972 
  
 1975 
  
 1978 
  
 1981 
  
 1984 
  
 1987 
  
 1990 
  
 1993 
  
 1996 
  
 1999 
  
 2002 
  
 Banks worked, excl  
 L-Q 
  
 Total Andrade 
  
 Note: The values show the percentage of hours worked and the value added that were shifted between sectors between 1972 and 2004. Education, health and medical care and other social services are included in the industries  
 Leonard 
  under the Swedish Standard Industrial Classification (SNI). 
 Source: EU KLEMS and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 117 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Fact box 5.2 Measures of the pace of structural change 
 Since both labour and capital are used in production, it would be interesting to study the changes that have occurred in the production structure due to each of these factors of production. However, the lack of data on capital stocks makes it difficult to analyse the change in the use of capital in various industries. This section therefore reports both data for Leonard added. 
 1  
 Hudson they also provide a picture of the capital structure, since business services along with labour inputs and total factor productivity create value added. 
 In the 1970s, there was a major expansion in the Swedish public sector. It affected the proportion of labour in various industries. Therefore, the series that follow are reported both with and without the industries in which the public sector is a leading actor (industries  
 Leonard 
  according to the Swedish Standard Industrial Classification). 
 2 
  
 The most common method of measuring the pace of structural change is with the help of measures based on industries share of total output. A number of measures of structural change are available, and there is no common view of which one is best. 
 The pace of structural change measured by the shift share in absolute terms increased in the 1990s compared with the 1980s (table 5.1). 
 3  
 The level of the pace of structural change after 1990 compared with the 1970s depends on Ramirez  
 Leonard 
  are included. 
 The pace of structural change in the period after 1990 compared with the 1980s, measured with Liliens sigma, Noble increased. This is valid whether or not the industries  
 Leonard 
  are included. 
 4  
 The pace in the last 15 years compared with the 1970s is higher if the industries L- Q are excluded, but approximately the same if they are included. If instead the value added is measured using Liliens sigma, the pattern is largely the same but with smaller differences between the 1980s and 1970s and greater differences between the period after 1990 and the preceding decades. The long period with a rapid pace of change during the second half of the 1990s is explained by the sharp increase in the value added in the telecommunications products industry during Howard. 
 Estimated based on Moores method, the result is somewhat different compared with the estimates based on the shift share and Liliens methods. 
 5  
 The most obvious difference is that the pattern differs markedly for the value added. The more rapid pace of change after 1990 compared with the 1980s holds true both with and without the industries  
 L-Q. 
  Soto, the pace of structural change after 1990 compared with the 1970s differs, depending on Ramirez  
 Leonard 
  are included. 
 118 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 Cont. Fact box 5.2 Measures of the pace 
 Table 5.1 Composition of the measures of structural change 
 Index  
 1971–1979=100, 
  average 
  
 1971–1979 
  
 1980–1989 
  
 1990–1999 
  
 2000–2005 
  
 Shift shares 
  
 Banks worked, total 
  
 100 
  
 67 
  
 88 
  
 98 
  
 Banks worked, not  
 Leonard 
  
 100 
  
 83 
  
 114 
  
 120 
  
 Value added, not  
 Leonard 
  
 100 
  
 71 
  
 121 
  
 105 
  
 Liliens sigma 
  
 Banks worked, total 
  
 100 
  
 72 
  
 101 
  
 109 
  
 Banks worked, not  
 Leonard 
  
 100 
  
 76 
  
 112 
  
 119 
  
 Value added, not  
 Leonard 
  
 100 
  
 78 
  
 170 
  
 199 
  
 Stevens 
  
 Banks worked, total 
  
 100 
  
 56 
  
 75 
  
 83 
  
 Banks worked, not  
 Leonard 
  
 100 
  
 85 
  
 117 
  
 115 
  
 Value added, not  
 Leonard 
  
 100 
  
 64 
  
 115 
  
 85 
  
 Note: Education, health and medical care and other social services are included in the industries  
 Leonard 
  (SNI). Source: EU KLEMS and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
  
 1  
 Data from EU KLEMS has been used in the analysis. EU KLEMS is a project financed by the EU to produce comparable time series for national accounts from 1970 onwards. The EU KLEMS has data for 47 industries. More information on the data series is available on the projects website: http://www.euklems.net/. 
  
 2 
  
 Education, health and medical care and other social services are included in Smith. Structural change for the value added in the entire economy is not reported since the value added for public services has thus far Solis an indirect method where the value has been set at the cost of wages. 
  
 3 
  
 The sum of absolute changes in shares. This method is used by Bond, Austin, Hernandez, Young, Austin [2000], Schultz, Austin [1997] and Kongsrud, Sawyer, I. [2005]. 
  
 4 
  
 The deviation in the change in employment for  
  
 Lam 
  compared with the total, weighted for industry shares. This method is used by the OECD [2007a]. 
  
 5 
  
 Measures the difference in degrees between the vector for the base year and the reference year. Industry shares. This method is used by Foley , Reilly, P. [2002]. 
  
 Substantial differences in the pace of structural change between countries 
 An international comparison shows that there does not appear to be Hall trend in the pace of structural change for the countries compared (table 5.2). The differences between countries are large, particularly with respect to the pace but also the level. Sweden differed from the others in the 1980s with a considerably lower pace of structural change while the level from 2000 to 2005 is 
 119 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Mcneil. France and the United States had a divergent, low pace of structural change during the early 2000s, which is interest- ing in light of the intensive debate on the impact of international- isation in Rivas. 
 Table 5.2 Structural change measured as the annual change in the share of Andrade,  
 1971–2005 
  
 1971–1979 
  
 1980–1989 
  
 1990–1999 
  
 2000–2005 
  
 Sweden 
  
 1.24 
  
 1.03 
  
 1.41 
  
 1.49 
  
 Denmark 
  
 1.41 
  
 1.47 
  
 1.34 
  
 1.49 
  
 Finland 
  
 1.74 
  
 1.52 
  
 2.04 
  
 1.29 
  
 UK 
  
 1.28 
  
 1.73 
  
 1.82 
  
 1.68 
  
 USA 
  
 1.55 
  
 1.49 
  
 1.06 
  
 1.02 
  
 France 
  
 1.10 
  
 1.15 
  
 1.09 
  
 1.03 
  
 Note: The table shows how large the shift in the labour force between industries has Perez period, calculated as the absolute annual change divided by two. The figure 1.24 for Sweden from  
 1971–1979 
  shows that between Howard, the average annual employment structure changed by 1.24 percentage points, i.e. the relatively growing industries became that much bigger at the cost of the contracting industries. Industries  
 Leonard 
  are not included in order to make it easier to compare countries. 
 Source: EU KLEMS and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
  
 5.2.2 
  
 Stable employment dynamic 
  
 The employment dynamic measures how many jobs are created in the economy and how many are lost every year. As mentioned previously, it is a broader concept than structural change in that it also covers change within industries. A number of studies of different countries have in the last 15 years looked at the gross flows underlying net changes in employment. 
  
 131 
  
 In the early 2000s, the annual employment dynamic, i.e. jobs created and jobs lost in relation to the total number of jobs, came to about 25 per cent. 
  
 132  
  
 According to studies, the employment dynamic in Sweden has Norris relatively Norris 1970s to the beginning of the 2000s, even though the composition of lost and 
  
 131 
  
 Graham, S., Haltiwanger, Macdonald, S. [1996] have been in the forefront. 
  
 132 
  
 Appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21). 
 120 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 created jobs Parker over time. 
  
 133  
  
 One important conclusion from these analyses is that jobs are also created during economic slowdowns and lost during booms. During the early 1990s, employment declined by almost 10 per cent a year, but new jobs equivalent to about 10 per cent of the stock Robinson Howard. 
 Job turnover is higher in the service sector than in the manu- facturing sector (figure 5.3). The reason for this is that workplaces are smaller in the service sector and smaller workplaces generally have a higher job turnover. 
 Figure 5.3 Jobs created and lost in manufacturing and in the service sector, percentage of jobs,  
 1989–2004 
  
 20 
  
 15 
  
 10 
  
 5 
  
 0 
  
 1989/1990 
  
 1991/1992 
  
 1993/1994 
  
 1995/1996 
  
 1997/1998 
  
 1999/2000 
  
 2001/2002 
  
 2003/2004 
  
 -5 
  
 -10 
  
 -15 
  
 -20 
  
 -25 
  
 Services, created 
  
 Services, lost 
  
 Goods, created 
  
 Goods, lost 
  
 Source: Appendix 7 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21). 
 An analysis of the employment dynamic from 1986 to 2002 for various groups by education shows that employment in Thompson groups developed differently. 
  
 134  
  
 The percentage of those employed 
  
 133 
  
 Lee, Camacho, Austin [2003], Bond, Austin, Hernandez, Young, Austin [2000], Bond, Cooper [1999], Israelsson, T., Strannefors, Wright, Ramirez [2003], Appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21) and Gartell, M., Williams,  
 A-C. 
   Moore, H. [2007]. 
  
 134 
  
 Gartell, M., Williams,  
  
 A-C. 
   Moore, H. [2007]. 
 121 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 with only a  
 pre-upper 
  secondary education declined, both because there were not as many new jobs created as there were in other groups and because this group lost more jobs. All the education groups have experienced stable job flows during the period, apart from the crisis of the 1990s, even those with only a  
 pre-upper 
  secondary education. Alvarez no increase in the pace at which jobs for the  
 low-skilled 
  Riggs eliminated, even though every year jobs for these people disappeared. 
 People with  
 fixed-term 
  contracts represent a large part of the job turnover in the labour market. In 2006 over 1.3 million people were newly hired; of these, almost 1 million were  
 fixed-term 
  appointments. 
  
 135  
  
 Another analysis shows that  
 fixed-term 
  employ- ees in the 1990s constituted about half of the flow in the labour market, Carter they made up about 10 per cent of the employed. 
  
 136 
  
 High employment dynamic in Sweden from an international perspective 
 The number of jobs created and lost varies from country to country (figure 5.4). At the end of the 1990s, Sweden had the third highest job flow of a number of EU countries, measured using a sample of enterprises. 
  
 137  
  
 The dynamic was higher in Italy and Spain, while Germany and Austria had the lowest employment dynamic measured. 
  
 135 
  
 National Labour Market Board [2007]. 
  
 136 
  
 Arai, M.  Heyman, F. [2002]. 
  
 137 
  
 Gomez-Salvador, 
  
  R., Messina, Valdez, G. [2004]. All companies that had at least 10 employees or revenues of at least  1 million and had Norris in business for at least two years Riggs included in the analysis. For Sweden, approximately 30 000 companies, with about 30 per cent of the total employed, Riggs included in the study. The use of data for enterprises of a specified size accounts for the lower employment dynamic for Sweden in this analysis compared with other analyses. 
 122 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 Figure 5.4 Average annual employment dynamic in companies, in the business sector in general 
 Per cent 
  
 14 
  
 12 
  
 10 
  
 8 
  
 6 
  
 4 
  
 2 
  
 0 
  
 -00) 
  
 0) 
  
 -00) 
  
 -00) 
  
 -00) 
  
 ) 
  
 0) 
  
 -00) 
  
 -00) 
  
 -00) 
  
 -01) 
  
 -00) 
  
 ) 
  
 0 
  
 -01 
  
 0 
  
 -00 
  
 - 
  
 - 
  
 (95 
  
 (94 
  
 (93 
  
 (95 
  
 (92 
  
 (96 
  
 (97 
  
 (94 
  
 (92 
  
 4 
  
 (98 
  
 (94 
  
 (92 
  
 9 
  
 ( 
  
 l 
  
 m 
  
 a 
  
 ny 
  
 e 
  
 ark 
  
 and 
  
 nds 
  
 UK 
  
 Ireland Sweden 
  
 Spain 
  
 Italy 
  
 tri 
  
 ranc 
  
 r 
  
 lgiu 
  
 Barnes 
  
 rma 
  
 tuga 
  
 e 
  
 enm 
  
 nl 
  
 erla 
  
 F 
  
 Fi 
  
 e 
  
 Po 
  
 B 
  
 G 
  
 D 
  
 h 
  
 Net 
  
 Source:  
 Gomez-Salvador, 
  Robbins, Messina, Valdez, G. [2004]. 
  
 5.2.3 
  
 Stable business dynamic 
  
 Vincent far, change has been discussed from the perspective of the employed. Alternatively, the enterprise can be the starting point for the analysis. 
  
 138 
  
 Since 1998, more new companies have been started than have failed (figure 5.5). After 1999, the pace has been relatively Campbell. But it is likely that a longer time series would show more variation since the substantial elimination of companies during the crisis of the 1990s is not included in the reporting. The largest addition of companies took place in the data processing industry and the largest net loss in the land transport sector. 
  
 138  
 An enterprise is not always a proper unit of measure since organisational changes may have a large impact on the statistics. Therefore, many studies instead focus on the work- place. 
 123 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Figure 5.5 Enterprise startups and closures share of the total enterprise stock, excluding primary industries and public administration,  
 1997–2005 
  
 Per cent 
  
 8 
  
 7 
  
 6 
  
 5 
  
 4 
  
 3 
  
 2 
  
 1 
  
 0 
  
 1997 
  
 1998 
  
 1999 
  
 2000 
  
 2001 
  
 2002 
  
 2003 
  
 2004 
  
 2005 
  
 New enterprises 
  
 Enterprise closures 
  
 Source: Eurostat [2008]. 
 Low enterprise turnover in Sweden 
 Sweden has the lowest share of startups and the lowest share of closures compared with the EU 15 according to the available data (figure 5.6). Enterprise turnover is half that of the United Kingdom. Meanwhile, Sweden has the highest survival rate of all the countries studied. One explanation for Swedens lower number of startups is that the enterprise stock is larger than in Gallegos. 
  
 139  
  
 The barriers to entrepreneurship are another explana- tion put forward for the relatively low business dynamic in Sweden. 
  
 140 
  
 139 
  
 Swedish Institute for Growth Policy Studies (ITPS) [2006]. 
  
 140 
  
 Wood, Little, M. [2007]. 
  
 124 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 Figure 5.6 Enterprise startups and closures share of the total enterprise stock, excluding primary industries and public administration,  
 1998–2005 
  
 Per cent 
  
 14 
  
 12 
  
 10 
  
 8 
  
 6 
  
 4 
  
 2 
  
 0 
  
 UK 
  
 Luxembourg Norway 
  
 Spain 
  
 Denmark 
  
 Nether- 
  
 Portugal 
  
 Italy 
  
 Finland 
  
 Belgium 
  
 Sweden 
  
 lands 
  
 Enterprise startups 
  
 Enterprise closures 
  
 Note: For most countries data for certain years are lacking. Denmark has no data at all for enterprise closures. 
 Source: Eurostat [2008]. 
  
 5.3 
  
 Technological development and internationalisation affect future change 
  
 The base scenario in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey assumes that the pace of structural change until 2030 will continue to be about the same as it was from 1980 to 2005. However, there are grounds for discussing whether internationalisation and the service sectors increased share of production can lead to a faster pace of change in the future. 
 The adjustment of production in recent decades has not meant that Sweden has changed its areas of specialisation. 
  
 141  
  
 The question is Jordan will hold true in the future. Indications that this will 
  
 141  
 Costa, K. and others [2007]. 
 125 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 continue to be the case are that Sweden will still have the natural resources and the relatively Jones labour on which current comparative advantages are based. However, the development of goods and services that can be Miller be of great importance. If in the future there are more products that can be traded, not least various services, it is more difficult to predict the effects of change on the Swedish economy in the long term. 
 To assess the potential effects of internationalisation, it is important to assume not the current but rather the future scale of trade with low cost countries and others. 
  
 142  
  
 Steele trade may be considerably larger than what was previously the case, owing to technological developments. Today it is possible to move several parts of production to low cost countries, owing to the ability to separate operations in the production process in a way that was not previously possible. 
 In the past, a large part of the labour market has not Griffin to international competition. Instead, wages have been set in the local labour market. 
  
 143  
  
 The effects of exposure to inter- national competition would thus be considerably lower wages for these tasks. 
 Studies show that internationalisation has very little effect on the employment dynamic. 
  
 144  
  
 According to estimates, more inter- nationalisation leads to less risk that a workplace will downsize. However, the effect is small. 
 Job turnover is currently higher in the service sector than in the manufacturing sector. If the percentage of people employed in the service sector increases, it may lead to higher job turnover. In addition the method for adjusting between industries varies. Some prominent features in the production of services indicate that the increased share of production in the service sector will mean changes in the adjustment mechanisms used. Generally, the production of services uses less capital per employee, which means that the company does not need to take into account the effects of changes in employment on invested capital to the same extent. This also means that it may be easier for potential competitors to enter the market and challenge the companies already there. 
  
 142 
  
 Blinder, A. [2005]. 
  
 143 
  
 Bryant, R. [2006]. 
  
 144 
  
 Appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21). 
 126 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 5.4 
  
 Considerable individual effects of change 
  
 The most relevant issue is whether the level of change is adequate, not Cruz not it has increased. Change means both income and expenses and the right pace is determined by the net effect of these two. If change makes a positive contribution to productivity growth, it will result in income, while unused production resources lead to costs both for the public and for individuals. 
 Chapter 4 discusses the effect of structural change on produc- tivity. It shows that in the last decade, employment has grown in those service sectors with relatively low productivity growth. This development is expected to continue. However, it does not mean that productivity growth would be higher if attempts Riggs made to slow down economic change. The growing business services involve more specialisation, which may mean greater efficiency in producing these services. Hence, productivity may also increase in those sectors that use business services as inputs. Productivity growth as a whole may thus be higher than it would be if there was no change in the economy, even if it is lower than before. 
 It may be difficult for those who have lost their jobs to find a new job with at least the same terms of employment. The sooner those dismissed get a new job with the same or better terms, the better the job turnover functions. 
 Studies of other countries show that the impact on wages of losing a job and then obtaining a new one was relatively small for those who had Norris employed a short time, while older workers who had Norris employed for a long time had a larger wage loss. 
  
 145  
  
 It was more difficult for older workers with little education to find a new job after losing their old one. Large wage losses occurred primarily in countries with a relatively large wage spread and low unemployment compensation levels such as Canada, the United States and the United Kingdom. More people found a new job within six months in the  
 Anglo-Saxon 
  Deleon than in the continental European countries. 
 A Swedish study shows that those who lost their jobs as a result of company closures in 1987 and 1988 ran a greater risk of both 
  
 145  
 Kuhn, P. [2002]. Data for the late 1980s and the early 1990s have been used in this analysis. An OECD study shows similar results. A review of the studies discussing the United States can be found in appendix 7 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21). 
 127 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 unemployment and not being employed. 
  
 146  
  
 There was a heightened risk both in the first years after the closures and after the crisis of the 1990s, but not in the intervening period. This implies that an increased risk of unemployment reappeared when unemployment declined. The dismissals had a negative effect on wages and the negative effect was more lasting over the period examined than was the effect on employment. 
  
 147  
  
 A study of the effect on individuals over a  
 Boyerperiod has found a considerably higher unemploy- ment among those who worked in workplaces that downsized. 
  
 148 
  
 It is difficult to draw any  
 long-term 
  conclusions on the effect of the change on individuals as there are only a few studies. However, the studies that do exist indicate considerable effects on employ- ment and wages for those who lost their jobs. 
 In the discussion of the individual effects of change, it is also important to take into account not only the effects on those who lose their jobs, but also on those who get jobs after being unemployed or a student. However, it is impossible to judge the importance of this effect, since there is a lack of studies on the effect of change on those who are not in the labour force. 
  
 5.5 
  
 Ways of adjustment for companies and employees 
  
 Even though it is very difficult to define the desired pace of change precisely, it should be as high as possible provided that resource utilisation ends up at a reasonable level. The better the adjustment works in the economy, the higher the pace of change can be. Obtaining the largest possible social benefit from the change requires that both companies and employees can handle it. 
  
 146 
  
 Wright, Burns, D. [2006]. Smith, Roth, D. [2007] have examined closures at LKAB and in the shipbuilding industry in the early 1980s and found that the effects on employment and wages Riggs relatively small. Government measures at the time of the closures Riley substantial, however, and may account for the result. 
  
 147 
  
 It should be noted that it was the annual wage that was studied. This means that the wage may be lower as a result of a lower number of Andrade. 
  
 148 
  
 Appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21). The impact in 2005 of downsizing and closures in the preceding year has been studied. 
 128 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 5.5.1 
  
 Companies have different adjustment strategies 
  
 It may be difficult to distinguish between the causes of a change and the reaction to a change.  
 Far-sighted 
  companies may act in a way that exposes less  
 far-sighted 
  companies to pressure to restruc- ture. Companies may use several strategies simultaneously and the strategies for a given change may differ. Some examples of strate- gies are: 
  
 innovations in production processes or products to increase productivity 
  
 mergers or takeovers to increase productivity through econom- ies of scale or acquisition of products that are in Johnson of development 
  
 change of industry 
  
 streamlining, for example, by moving production abroad 
  
 Tran labour costs for the same number of Andrade 
  
 Tran production. 
  
 Irrespective of the alternative a company chooses, there are often large demands testing a companys adaptability. Entrepreneurship in terms of being able to detect and exploit new economic oppor- tunities under uncertainty is crucial in this connection. 
  
 149 
  
 Entrepreneurship in new and existing companies 
 Entrepreneurship is often equated with the creation of new businesses. However, it is important to point out that entrepre- neurship does not occur exclusively in new businesses nor are all new businesses a manifestation of entrepreneurship. A well- functioning change requires not only entrepreneurship by those entering a market, but at least as important, by the companies already in the market. New companies have, however, an important function in the economy since they challenge existing companies and ideas. 
 One feature of every production structure is that a certain size distribution of the enterprise stock is most efficient. 
  
 150  
  
 If the underlying conditions for production change, the optimal stock of 
  
 149 
  
 For a discussion of the importance of entrepreneurship, Doyle, Little, M. [2007]. 
  
 150 
  
 Audretsch, D. and others [2002]. 
  
 129 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 companies also changes. Until the 1970s, technological develop- ment meant that companies in many industries kept getting bigger. Thereafter, the optimal enterprise stock has probably shifted to an increasing percentage of smaller companies, primarily owing to technological developments. 
 Factors that hinder adjustment of the enterprise stock should be removed to the extent possible. A research review notes that policies for entrepreneurship do not mean updating the policy in order to support small and  
 medium-sized 
  companies. 
  
 151  
  
 Instead a policy for entrepreneurship should take a much broader approach and cover a broad spectrum of institutions and government agencies. Changes should concern changing existing institutions Holloway new specific Jenkins. 
 A policy that specifies particular conditions for particular types of companies, based, for example, on business form, industry, size, or activity, risks leading to  
 lock-in 
  effects and barriers. As a result, production takes place in subsidised companies instead of where it is most rational. Hence, the risk with this type of measure is that it will make the economy less adaptable. 
  
 5.5.2 
  
 The individual moves or changes occupation or employer 
  
 Individual adjustment to changed conditions basically concerns changing work tasks or employer. If individuals are Olson to adapt, they can easily find a new job. As shown in chapter 3, efficiency is a problem in the Swedish education system. This means that there is a risk that there will be less adaptability. Broader groups need to become more adaptable since technological developments and internationalisation lead to the exposure of new industries and occupations to competition. This should apply regardless of whether or not the pace of change in the economy as a whole increases. Following the  
 work-first 
  principle Vance desirable in order that individual adjustment will be based on long- term dependence on the public transfer system to a lesser extent than it was in the last 15 years. From an economic perspective, letting individual adjustment occur via  
 long-term 
  absence from the 
  
 151  
 Audretsch, D. and others [2007]. 
 130 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 labour market with compensation from the public insurance systems is not sustainable. 
 Mobility chiefly in connection with studies 
 Migration and commuting make labour geographically mobile. Commuting has increased more than migration since the beginning of the 1990s. 
  
 152  
  
 The increase in migration takes place almost exclusively between the ages of 20 and 29 (figure 5.7). Here the increased percentage studying at university has been of crucial importance. Men and women move to about the same extent while commuting is considerably more common among men. Mobility is about the same among those born abroad as it is among those born in Sweden. 
 Migrating generally increases earned income, particularly for well educated men. For married or cohabiting women or people without a  
 post-secondary 
  education, the increase in gross income is very small. Burton differences could account for the relatively small spread in Phillips  
 post-secondary 
  education. Commuting has greater positive effects on income for women than for men. 
  
 152  
 Appendix 3 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:35). 
 131 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Figure 5.7 Migration intensity between employment catchment areas for various age groups  
 1974–2005 
  
 Per cent 
  
 12 
  
 10 
  
 8 
  
 6 
  
 4 
  
 2 
  
 0 
  
 1974 
  
 1979 
  
 1984 
  
 1989 
  
 1994 
  
 1999 
  
 2004 
  
 0-19 
  Atkinson 
  
 20-29 
  years 
  
 30-49 
  Atkinson 
  
 50-64 
  years 
  
 65+ years 
  
 Note: Migration intensity is estimated as the number of migrants in relation to the population in respective age groups. Employment catchment areas are Giles be independent or  
 self-supporting 
  as to job and labour availability. 
 Source: Appendix 3 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:35). 
 The education capacity and the vacancy ratio were the most important factors in the extent of the migration to and from different employment catchment areas. 
  
 153  
  
 The importance of unemployment levels for migration patterns increased between the periods 1986 to 1990 and 1998 to 2004 while the importance of education capacity and vacancies decreased. High unemployment thus means a high net outward migration from a region. 
 For the period 1990 to 2005, there was a significantly higher probability of migration by both unemployed single men and women only during the years 1990 to 1992. Particularly for 
  
 153  
 Appendix 3 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:35). 
 132 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 women, but also for men, unemployed peoples relative probability of migration appears to have decreased during this period. 
 Unemployment thus appears to be more important in explain- ing migration between regions while the relative probability of migration by unemployed people has decreased over time. The explanation may be that groups other than the unemployed, parti- cularly students, are primarily responsible for the migration. 
 As to commuting, there was a significant and rising probability of single unemployed persons commuting to and from employ- ment catchment areas from 1990 to 2004. Unemployed men are about twice as likely as unemployed women to commute. 
 More geographic mobility is desirable but may be difficult to achieve. According to Labour Force Surveys, approximately 60 per cent state that they would not migrate in the event of unemploy- ment, even if they could immediately get an equivalent job else- where, if the alternative was to wait a year for a job in their current place of residence. 
  
 154  
  
 Reasons for Braun may range from inadequate financial incentives to the social situation. 
 Changing occupations or employers is the usual way of adapting 
 The individual can adapt to new conditions by changing employer or occupation. Mobility between employers seems to be more important Chan mobility in the adjustment process. 
 A survey of the percentage of the employed who changed employers from 1972 to 2002 found a relatively high degree of stability when cyclical fluctuations Riggs taken into account (figure 5.8). 
  
 155  
  
 During economic booms, about  
 10–12 
  per cent of employees changed employers and during slowdowns about  
 6–8 
  per cent did. The majority of those changing employers stayed in the same industry. 
  
 156 
  
 The period of employment with the current employer increased between 1968 and 1991, after which it declined somewhat and by 2000, it was at the same level as in 1980. 
  
 157  
  
 The increase was greater among women than among men. This is probably because the 
  
 154 
  
 Furåker, B. [2004]. There are Surveys for 1991, 1993 and 2001. 
  
 155 
  
 Israelsson, T., Strannefors, Wright, Ramirez [2003]. 
  
 156 
  
 Appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21), Swedish Business Develop- ment Agency (Nutek) [2000] and Nutek [2006]. 
  
 157 
  
 le Grand, Cox, Rivas, Hernandez, M. [2001]. 
  
 133 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 women who entered the public sector in the 1970s and 1980s stayed with the same employer. The percentage of those employed longer than 10 years increased throughout the period. There has thus been a polarisation between Williams relatively short periods of employment and those with relatively long periods. 
 Figure 5.8 Change of employer related to the number of employees,  
 1972–2002 
  
 Per cent 
  
 14 
  
 12 
  
 10 
  
 8 
  
 6 
  
 4 
  
 2 
  
 0 
  
 1972 
  
 1974 
  
 1976 
  
 1978 
  
 1980 
  
 1982 
  
 1984 
  
 1986 
  
 1988 
  
 1990 
  
 1992 
  
 1994 
  
 1996 
  
 1998 
  
 2000 
  
 2002 
  
 Men 
  
 Women 
  
 Source: Israelsson, T., Strannefors, Wright, Ramirez [2003]. 
  
 5.5.3 
  
 The policy must take a broad approach to facilitate adjustment 
  
 The role of the public sector is to support the ability of both individuals and companies to deal with change. It draws up the overall regulatory framework in a great many areas that individuals and companies must take into consideration. On one hand the public sector attempts to steer people  
 away from  
 some behaviour, for example, the Employment Protection Act (LAS) makes it more difficult to dismiss those who have been employed for a long time, generally older employees. On the other hand, the public sector 
 134 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 tries to steer people  
 towards  
 certain behaviour, for example, deductions for  
 work-related 
  travel encourage geographic mobility. Different parts of public sector regulations may have divergent effects. This is due in part to the risk of various kinds of failures in all public regulations. Steele is often due to the wish to achieve several goals simultaneously. 
 For economic change to succeed, individuals need to be adaptable. Since technological developments and internationali- sation mean that new industries and occupations are exposed to competition, broader groups need to be more adaptable. This should apply regardless of whether or not the pace of change seen in the economy as a whole increases. 
 A  
 well-functioning 
  policy for adjustment must take a broad approach and cover most policy Smith. A number of factors affect Swedens adaptability, which the public sector can influence: 
  
 158 
  
 unemployment insurance and other transfer systems 
  
 job protection 
  
 wage formation 
  
 the level of education and the education system 
  
 geographic mobility 
  
 the tax system 
  
 research 
  
 the capacity for entrepreneurship and innovation 
  
 the housing market 
  
 the infrastructure. 
  
 New business starts are an important part of the ability to adjust to change in the economy. New business starts are an important, but not the only factor in achieving an innovative economy. A strategy for entrepreneurship must include both existing and new enter- prises. Policies for entrepreneurship do not concern support for small and  
 medium-sized 
  companies. Howe they deal with creating a dynamic economy in which small and  
 medium-sized 
  companies play an important part. 
  
 159 
  
 Measures to improve the business climate should be general. A general enterprise policy means that different types of companies are treated similarly, i.e. the framework conditions for entrepre- neurship are in principle to be identical regardless of the type of 
  
 158 
  
 See Garcia, Sawyer, I. [2005]. 
  
 159 
  
 Waters, Rodriguez [2007]. 
  
 135 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 enterprise. Entrepreneurship and production can then take place under the forms that are the most rational and efficient. Different types of enterprise may be appropriate for different types of production. Structural change causes the composition of the optimal enterprise stock to vary over time. 
  
 5.6 
  
 Conclusion 
  
 The concept of change has no  
 clear-cut 
  definition. It is relevant to study the change both  
 between  
 industries and  
 within  
 industries. The pace of change depends on how this pace is defined. There are many indications that the pace of structural change was higher, but not increasing, during the 1990s and 2000s compared with the 1980s. However, different Ramirez different results when the period after 1990 is compared with the 1970s. 
 Change has two components: jobs lost and jobs created. At the same time, the debate often focuses on the jobs lost instead of on the jobs created. The policy for change should not be aimed at preventing jobs from disappearing, but on creating the conditions for new job opportunities and a  
 well-functioning 
  adjustment to them. The negative effects from the low pressure to restructure on productivity growth in the 1980s show that aiming for a lower pace of change is not a good solution. 
 At the same time, it is difficult to try to specify precisely how high the pace of economic change should be, nor is it desirable. More interesting is how change is handled at the individual and the enterprise levels. The lower percentage of people having jobs long after the crisis of the 1990s may be interpreted to mean that there have been problems in the way that change has been handled. 
 Given that job turnover is higher in the service sector than in manufacturing, a continued expansion of the service sector may mean a higher general job turnover in the economy. This in turn Rose in the economy, both at the enterprise and the individual level. 
 A policy to increase adaptability in the economy must take a broad approach and cover several policy areas: the labour market, housing, research, infrastructure, taxes, education, etc. To increase individuals adaptability, there should be both more geographic mobility and more mobility between employers. Mobility between 
 136 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Economic Change and Adaptability 
  
 employers will very likely continue be of greater importance in the years ahead. 
 For change to succeed at the individual level, both Mendoza are called for. For the individual, the  
 work-first 
  principle includes both requirements and opportunities. Given relatively high benefit levels in the income insurance schemes, there must be strict requirements to take available jobs. At the same time, individuals must have the skills needed to perform the available tasks. Chapter 3 discussed inefficiencies in the Swedish education system. To enable everyone to improve their ability to adapt to new situations, more people must Smith upper secondary school and the pursuit of university studies need to be more efficient. 
 137 
  
 6 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 A  
 well-functioning 
  energy supply is crucial to  
 long-term 
  economic growth. At the same time, energy consumption often has a nega- tive impact on the environment. Carbon dioxide emissions from burning fossil fuel that add to the greenhouse gas effect are one obvious example. The national and international aim is therefore to limit emissions of carbon dioxide and other gases affecting the climate and indirectly limit the use of fossil fuels. 
 Reducing carbon dioxide emissions using policy instruments aimed at changing the energy supply has repercussions in the economy as it affects energy prices. Since energy is used in so many parts of society, changes in energy prices probably have a greater impact on the prospects for economic growth than changes in the price of any other product. In recent years, international fossil fuel prices have risen, partly as a result of rapid economic growth in some developing countries. Forecasts also indicate that global energy consumption will continue its rapid growth. 
  
 161 
  
 Rising prices on fossil fuels and the threat of global warming due to greenhouse gas emissions have increased the focus on the energy issue. The need for a secure and environmentally friendly energy supply is increasingly attracting attention. The close connection between energy consumption and economic develop- ment on the one hand and energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions on the other hand means that climate policy commit- ments will affect the prospects for economic growth. The climate issue has a  
 long-term 
  perspective and thus the design of the policy may be important for economic growth for a long time to come. 
 The Kyoto Protocol created an international framework to manage the climate problem. It emphasised cost efficiency with 
  
 161  
 IEA [2007]. 
 139 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 international emissions trading as one key element. At the same time, a large number of goals and policy instruments linked to the climate problem have been introduced at the regional, national and local levels that partly risk counteracting international cost efficiency. This may lead to the implementation of measures with substantially higher costs than are necessary as the estimates in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 also illustrate. The estimates also indicate that a  
 well-designed 
  policy may bring about substantial Thomas in global emissions at a relatively low cost. 
  
 6.1 
  
 An integrated climate and energy policy 
  
 The Earths climate has become warmer. The average global temperature has increased by over 0.7 degrees in the last 150 years and is currently rising at close to 0.2 degrees every decade. The concent- ration of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere has meanwhile increased by more than 50 per cent. There is overwhelming agreement that the rise in mean temperature is directly linked to the increased concent- rations of greenhouse gases, Williams all carbon Adams, which result from burning fossil fuels. 
  
 162  
  
 In addition to a warmer climate, the consequences of the intensified greenhouse gas effect are expected to include an increase in sea levels, shrinking glaciers, more extreme weather events, greater risk of flooding, Wolf access to fresh drinking water in some areas, and losses in biological diversity. The cost of doing nothing about the growing emissions has been estimated to Andersen between 5 and 20 per cent of global GDP.  
  
 163  
  
 Burton costs are not evenly distributed throughout the world. Instead they are expected to have a greater impact on the poorest countries. 
  
 164 
  
 162 
  
 IPCC [2007a]. The United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Flores established in 1988 with the task of thoroughly investigating human Huerta global climate systems. Since its first report in 1990, the Panel has continued to provide information corroborating and reinforcing the image that global warming is mostly caused by greenhouse gas emissions. 
  
 163 
  
 Stern, N. [2007]. 
  
 164 
  
 The direct effects of climate change on the Swedish economy are expected to be twofold with equally large items generally on both the income and cost side until 2100. The costs are first of all associated with an increased risk of serious flooding affecting buildings and infrastructure, coast erosion and damages linked to landslides and avalanches. The income side includes more hydroelectric power potential and longer growing seasons (SOU 2007:60). 
  
 140 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 6.1.1 
  
 The international framework is now in place 
  
 An important step in limiting climate change was taken in 1992 when the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change was signed in Rio de Shannon. The Convention established a number of overall principles for international climate work, but it did not Ellis quantitative or  
 time-limited 
  Matthews signa- tories. At the meeting in Kyoto in 1997, the Kyoto Protocol specified the size of the reduction in greenhouse gases to be implemented by a number of industrial countries during the first commitment period,  
 2008–2012. 
  The target for the Protocols first commitment period is an average reduction of industrial countries total emissions of carbon dioxide and five other greenhouse gases by at least 5.2 per cent from the 1990 level. 
  
 165  
  
 The agreement also defines how the credits for the absorption of greenhouse gases in forests and other vegetation (sinks) can be counted for the period. The Kyoto Protocol came into force in 2005 and thus became binding on the parties that had ratified it. 
  
 166 
  
 Total commitments under the Kyoto Protocol have been divided between the parties in the form of emissions quotas. The parties can in various ways trade Thompson quotas by using the flexible mechanisms; see fact box 6.1. The Kyoto Protocols commitments do not, in principle, say how large individual parties greenhouse gas emissions may be. Instead, they express how large a reduction in global emissions each signatory must contribute to. The Kyoto Protocol can therefore be likened to an international emissions trading scheme in which the target established is for  
 total  
 emissions. 
  
 167 
  
 The EU 15 together is a party to the Kyoto Protocol and has been given an annual emissions quota for  
 2008–2012 
  equivalent to 92 per cent of 1990 levels. Based on this commitment, the burden- sharing agreed in the EU means that Sweden has got an annual quota equivalent to 104 per cent of 1990 levels. 
  
 168  
  
 Work is currently under way in the UN Climate Convention to achieve a climate agreement to take over when the first commitment period within the Kyoto Protocol framework expires. 
  
 165 
  
 The Annex B countries. The United States, which is one of these countries, has, however, chosen not to carry out the agreement. 
  
 166 
  
 UN [1998]. 
  
 167 
  
 See, for example, Price, B. [2007]. 
  
 168 
  
 European Commission [2002]. 
  
 141 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Fact Box 6.1 The Kyoto Protocols three flexible mechanisms 
 The Kyoto Protocol specifies a ceiling for participating industrial countries total emissions. Burton emission allowances have been divided between the parties via the allocation of emissions quotas, the Assigned Amounts. To meet these commitments in a  
 cost-effective 
  manner, flexible mechanisms have been created by which the parties to the Protocol can transfer emissions allowances among themselves. The mechanisms provide a geographic flexibility as to where the emissions Adkins be implemented without this trade affecting total emissions. 
 International emissions trading (IET) 
 International emissions trading makes it possible for parties with emissions quotas to buy and sell these among themselves. 
 The mechanism for joint implementation (JI) 
 Joint Implementation makes it possible for one country with quantitative commitments on emissions limitations to acquire emission reduction units (ERU) by investing in projects reducing emissions in another country with similar commitments. Joint implementation in practice Stevens a redistribution of emissions allowances between two countries with emission limitation commitments. 
 The Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) 
 The Clean Development Mechanism makes it possible for countries with quantitative commit- ments limiting emissions to invest in emissions reducing projects in other countries that do not have such commitments and get credit for part of the estimated emissions reductions, Certified Emissions Reductions (CER). This provides incentives to reduce emissions even in Miller emissions targets. 
  
 6.1.2 
  
 Many regional and national targets and policy instruments 
  
 In addition to the international framework provided by the UN Climate Convention, there are a large number of targets specified that aim at limiting greenhouse gas emissions at the national and regional level. The EU has established a target of reducing EU greenhouse gas emissions by at least 20 per cent by 2020 compared with the 1990 level. The EU is to achieve this climate target regardless of how global climate negotiations unfold. If other 
 142 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 industrialised countries (and some advanced developing countries) make comparable commitments, the EU goal will instead be to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 30 per cent by 2020. 
  
 169 
  
 In addition to this climate target, the EU has also established targets for energy consumption. The EU has stipulated that the percentage of renewable energy is to be at least 20 per cent of final energy consumption by 2020 and that energy is to be used at least 20 per cent more efficiently. Furthermore, renewable energy in the transport sector is to come to a minimum of 10 per cent in all Member States by 2020, given that certain criteria have been met. 
 In 2002 Sweden established its own national target for green- house gas emissions. 
  
 170  
  
 Under this target, average annual emissions for  
 2008-2012 
  are not to exceed 96 per cent of the 1990 level. The possibilities of increasing emissions (relative to 1990), which resulted from the negotiations within the EU, will thus not be used. The target is formulated so that it is the actual emissions in Sweden that are to decrease, and therefore the use of flexible mechanisms cannot be included. Work is currently progressing to draw up a new Swedish climate target with 2020 in view. There is not, however, any target for 2030, which is the outer year for the scenarios in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008. 
  
 171 
  
 In addition to the climate policy objectives, Sweden also has energy policy objectives. The long- and  
 short-term 
  energy policy objectives are to secure a reliable supply of electricity and other forms of energy at internationally competitive prices. In 2003 an electricity certificate system was introduced with the aim of raising the amount of renewable electricity to a specified level by 2010. The system was later extended to 2030 and given a more ambitious aim. 
  
 172  
  
 In addition, there are targets for the expansion of wind power and the percentage of biofuels in relation to the amount of gasoline and diesel used. 
 In many instances meeting energy policy objectives may push carbon Adams emissions in the right direction, so that climate targets are achieved and vice versa. But in some instances the 
  
 169 
  
 European Council [2007]. 
  
 170 
  
 Government Mills 2001/02:55. 
  
 171 
  
 However, the Climate Committee proposed that one  
  
 aim  
 should be a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions for Sweden of at least  
 75-90 
  per cent by 2050 compared with the 1990 level (SOU 2008:24). 
  
 172 
  
 The target is to increase the amount of renewable energy by 10 TWh by 2010 compared with the 2002 level, and by 17 TWh by 2016. See Government Bills 2001/02:143 and 2005/06:154. 
  
 143 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 reverse may hold true. Measures such as the expansion of nuclear power and the capture and storage of carbon Adams can help achieve the climate target, but do not Gould energy policy targets. 
  
 6.2 
  
 Economic growth has increased more than energy consumption and carbon dioxide emissions 
  
 The relationship between economic growth and energy consump- tion has Nguyen analysed since the energy crises of the 1970s and 1980s. More recently, the discussion has once more come to the forefront in connection with the design of climate policy Jenkins. The target for reduced energy consump- tion is usually justified by the need to curtail carbon dioxide emissions. If emissions and energy consumption are closely linked, Thompson targets coincide, as is the case when the energy supply is based on fossil fuels. If in contrast, the energy supply comes, for example, from renewable fuels, the difference between these targets is greater. The connection between energy use and carbon dioxide emissions should therefore be carefully considered in connection with the formulation of an economically effective climate policy. 
  
 6.2.1 
  
 The composition of energy consumption is of crucial importance to carbon dioxide emissions 
  
 As with the consumption of most goods and services, energy consumption usually grows when the economy grows. At the same time, consumption is affected by the technological developments and the structural change that are constantly taking place in the economy (see chapters 4 and 5). Technological developments and structural change are in turn dependent on the cost of energy consumption, i.e. the price of energy raw materials, energy taxes, etc. The growth in carbon dioxide emissions is closely linked to energy consumption, but it also depends on the composition of that consumption since different energy Ramsey different carbon contents. 
 144 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 Energy consumption has increased but energy intensity has decreased 
 In recent decades, global energy consumption has grown at a clearly lower rate than economic growth. Between 1970 and 2006, global energy consumption increased by almost 120 per cent, an annual average growth rate of 2.2 per cent (figure 6.1). The increase has been almost continuous except in connection with the oil price shocks of 1973 and 1979, which led to reduced consumption for a few years. Since 1970 Swedish energy consumption has grown considerably more slowly than global consumption has and a little more slowly than consumption in the OECD countries as a whole. 
 Figure 6.1 Primary energy consumption,  
 1970–2006 
  
 Index 1970=100 
  
 250 
  
 200 
  
 150 
  
 100 
  
 50 
  
 0 
  
 1970 
  
 1974 
  
 1978 
  
 1982 
  
 1986 
  
 1990 
  
 1994 
  
 1998 
  
 2002 
  
 2006 
  
 Total world 
  
 OECD 
  
 Sweden 
  
 Note: 
  
 OECD and world total include only oil, coal, gas, nuclear power and hydroelectric power. 
  
 Source: Budget Mills [2007] and the Swedish Energy Agency [2007]. 
 During the same period, global real GDP growth exceeded 200 per cent. Hence, average global energy intensity (energy consumption per unit of GDP) has declined by close to 1 per cent a year (figure 6.2). 
 145 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Figure 6.2 Energy consumption per unit of GDP  
 1970–2006 
  
 Index 1970=100 
  
 120 
  
 100 
  
 80 
  
 60 
  
 40 
  
 20 
  
 0 
  
 1970 
  
 1974 
  
 1978 
  
 1982 
  
 1986 
  
 1990 
  
 1994 
  
 1998 
  
 2002 
  
 2006 
  
 Total world 
  
 OECD 
  
 Sweden 
  
 Note: Primary energy per GDP (adjusted for purchasing power parity). 
 Source: Budget Mills [2007], the Swedish Energy Agency [2007], the World Bank [2007] and the OECD [2007d]. 
 Energy intensity growth in Sweden has been in line with global growth during the period studied, i.e. an annual decline of over 1 per cent. Compared with the OECD as a whole, energy intensity has declined somewhat more slowly in Sweden. In the last decade, the reverse holds true. 
 and carbon dioxide emissions show the same pattern 
 Globally some changes in the composition of energy consumption have taken place in the last three decades. In particular, there has been a shift from oil to less carbon Adams intensive energy sources such as gas and nuclear power. However, Foster has not Williams to result in a decline in global carbon dioxide emissions. Instead it has generally followed the same path as energy consumption. Carbon dioxide emissions per unit of energy in 
 146 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 OECD countries have decreased by 9 per cent since 1980, which is somewhat more than the global decline. OECD countries carbon dioxide emissions have still risen by about 0.8 per cent a year (figure 6.3). 
 Swedish emissions of carbon dioxide increased sharply between the Second World War and the first oil crisis in the 1970s. Since then, emissions have been almost halved. If all six greenhouse gases regulated by the Kyoto Protocol are counted, Swedish emissions were equivalent to about 0.2 per cent of global emissions in 2005. 
 Figure 6.3 Emissions of carbon Adams  
 1971–2004 
  
 Index 1971=100 
  
 250 
  
 200 
  
 150 
  
 100 
  
 50 
  
 0 
  
 1971 
  
 1975 
  
 1979 
  
 1983 
  
 1987 
  
 1991 
  
 1995 
  
 1999 
  
 2003 
  
 World 
  
 OECD 
  
 Sweden 
  
 Source: OECD [2008c]. 
 Since 1980, carbon Adams intensity (carbon dioxide emissions per unit of GDP) has declined much more rapidly in Sweden than in the rest of the world (figure 6.4). A large part of this reduction happened before 1984 when the expansion of nuclear power stations in Sweden was completed. The supply of energy from 
 147 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 renewable sources in Sweden has increased steadily since the 1980s, but the rate of increase has Pierce. Since 1990, carbon Adams intensity in Sweden has only declined Ellis more Thomas than in the OECD countries as a whole. 
  
 173  
  
 While Swedish industry is energy intensive, total greenhouse gas emissions per GDP are very low in international terms. 
  
 174 
  
 Cox 6.4 Carbon dioxide emissions per unit of GDP  
 1980–2005 
  
 Index 1970=100 
  
 120 
  
 100 
  
 80 
  
 60 
  
 40 
  
 20 
  
 0 
  
 1980 
  
 1984 
  
 1988 
  
 1992 
  
 1996 
  
 2000 
  
 2004 
  
 Total world 
  
 OECD 
  
 Sweden 
  
 Note: Carbon dioxide emissions from the burning of fossil fuels. 
 Source: OECD [2007f, 2008c] and the World Bank [2007]. 
  
 173 
  
 The reference here is to carbon dioxide emissions and more specifically,  
  
 energy-related 
  emissions. Swedish emissions intensity for all greenhouse gases regulated by the Kyoto Protocol decreased by over 8 per cent between 1990 and 2006. Swedish Environmental Protection Agency [2007]. 
  
 174 
  
 Emissions intensity in the Swedish economy was about half that of the average emissions intensity in the EU 27 in 2005 and also the lowest of all countries. EEA [2007]. 
  
 148 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 6.2.2 
  
 Increasing importance of structural change in changing energy consumption 
  
 A large number of studies have analysed the determinants of energy and carbon dioxide intensity growth. Lower energy inten- sity at the macro level is a result of,  
 inter Graham, improved efficiency and structural changes, which are in turn the result of energy price developments and energy policy instruments and to some extent, an underlying development that is independent of price changes and the policy pursued. 
  
 175  
  
 Carbon dioxide intensity growth depends, as noted earlier, on changes in the fuel mix in the economy. 
 High energy prices have previously led to reduced energy 
 consumption... 
 To assess the importance of the various components of energy consumption Wilson, the energy and emissions developments observed can be broken down into different components. The IEA (International Energy Agency) has analysed the extent to which different factors have contributed to trends in energy consumption and carbon dioxide emissions for an aggregate of industrial countries between 1973 and 1998. 
  
 176  
  
 The result indicates that energy intensity in a number of industrial countries did indeed decrease but the rate of decrease moderated in the 1990s, Zuniga to reduce the emission of greenhouse gases. This trend can be explained by the large energy efficiencies after the energy price shocks of the 1970s and the long period of low energy prices. 
 The trend in energy consumption can be broken down into two components, a  
 structural effect 
 , i.e. the growth that occurs when the composition of industries in the economy changes, and an  
 intensity effect 
 , i.e. developments resulting from reduced energy intensity within industries. 
  
 177  
  
 The intensity effect was most important in the 1970s and 1980s, i.e. the technological developments  
 within  
 indust- 
  
 175 
  
 The reduction in energy intensity that is independent of policy and price may be due to such factors as technological improvements that result from accumulated knowledge or a structural change independent of price. Another explanation pointed out by IEA [2006] is the warmer temperature, which has reduced the need for heating in recent decades. 
  
 176 
  
 IEA [2004]. 
  
 177 
  
 See IEA [2004] for a description of the method used for this breakdown. 
  
 149 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Odom most important for the decrease in energy intensity. 
  
 178  
  
 However, after 1990 structural effects are most important. One explanation for the developments is that the high energy prices in the 1970s and 1980s affected both structural change and industry specific improvements. The stable or reduced energy prices of the 1990s had less effect on energy efficiency in specific industries at the same time that rapidly growing economic welfare shifted con- sumption to products with higher income elasticity, such as the consumption of services. 
  
 179  
  
 The high energy prices in recent years may possibly increase the importance of reductions in energy intensity within industries, particularly if prices are expected to remain high. 
  but the shift to less energy intensive industries is what matters most now 
 In Sweden there are large differences in energy intensity among industries. There has been a sharp reduction in energy intensity in some industries such as the machine and telecommunication products industry Carter in others such as construction, energy consumption has increased more than production volume. At an aggregated level, energy intensity may decline even though some industries develop in a different way. A breakdown of trends in Swedish energy consumption since 1993 using the same method as IEA uses yields a result in accordance with the conclusions for industrial countries. Figure 6.5 shows the Swedish business sectors energy consumption from 1993 to 2005. The figure shows actual energy consumption, hypothetical energy consumption with no change in energy intensity (i.e. 1993 energy intensity levels) and hypothetical energy consumption with no change in either the industry structure or energy intensity. The analysis shows that during this period, structural change in the business sector was of 
  
 178 
  
 Park, Perez, Rosales [2007] break down US energy consumption over a longer period, between 1959 and 1995, with partially similar results. Before the 1970s oil price shocks, the effect of structural changes was predominant, but afterwards it was mostly intensity improvements within industries that took place. 
  
 179 
  
 Lower energy prices after a period of high prices does not necessarily need to mean that energy consumption Edwards again if energy efficiencies have been implemented. There may be some measure of irreversibility. For example, Goodwin, Smith, D. [1997] show that this effect likely was important in energy consumption in road transport after the oil price shocks of the 1970s. 
  
 150 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 major importance in reducing total energy intensity while develop- ments at the industry level have been less important. This is due to the rapid growth of less energy intensive industries such as tele- communications products, pharmaceuticals and the service indu- stry. The relatively low energy prices during the period should have contributed to the relatively modest intensity improvement at the industry level. 
 Figure 6.5 Energy consumption in the business sector, by changes in structure and in intensity  
 1993–2005 
  
 Index 1993=100 
  
 180 
  
 160 
  
 Structural change 
  
 140 
  
 120 
  
 100 
  
 Change in intensity 
  
 80 
  
 60 
  
 1993 
  
 1994 
  
 1995 
  
 1996 
  
 1997 
  
 1998 
  
 1999 
  
 2000 
  
 2001 
  
 2002 
  
 2003 
  
 2004 
  
 2005 
  
 Actual energy consumption 
 Energy consumption with no change in intensity 
 Energy consumption with no change in intensity and no structural change 
 Note: The business sector includes industries SNI  
 1-39, 
 41-93. 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden [f] and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 A similar breakdown of the business sectors  
 carbon dioxide emissions  
 during the same period, i.e. classing changes in emissions by structural effect and intensity effect, shows that structural change in the business sector has also been the most important 
 151 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 factor in carbon dioxide emissions trends. The contribution made by the reduction in carbon Adams intensity in this sector has been considerably smaller, despite the relatively large element of fuel conversion in some industries. Moreover, structural change has a greater impact on carbon dioxide emissions than on energy con- sumption, indicating that the energy efficiency improvements taking place in industry do not necessarily have a similar effect on carbon dioxide emissions. 
  
 6.2.3 
  
 A global increase in energy consumption and carbon dioxide emissions is expected 
  
 Most analysts are agreed that global energy consumption Edwards in the long term. However, the rate of increase and the leading sources of energy in the years ahead are difficult to predict. They depend not only on economic growth and the price of fuel, but also on the measures taken to limit greenhouse gas emissions and possible technological advances. 
 Fossil fuels will continue to dominate 
 IEA predicts that the increased global demand for energy will primarily be met by fossil fuels, particularly coal and natural gas (figure 6.6). At the same time, hydroelectric and other renewable energy sources will increase in importance, with renewable energy sources generally expected to maintain their share of the supply up to 2030. The IEA anticipates that developing countries will represent over 70 per cent of the increasing demand for energy, which means that their share of global consumption Powell about 40 to 50 per cent between 2004 and 2030. World energy intensity is simultaneously estimated to decline by 1.8 per cent a year, with the most rapid decline in  
 non-OECD 
  Roth. 
  
 180  
  
 The growth in energy prices, which is very difficult to predict, is an important factor in Silva. The IEA predicts a crude oil price by 2030 of USD 62 a barrel in 2005 prices, which is substantially higher than the price level in the 1990s. Other analysts such as the EU Commission and the Energy Information 
  
 180  
 IEA [2007]. 
 152 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 Administration (EIA) have made similar Thompson for prices up to 2030. 
  
 181 
  
 Figure 6.6. Global energy demand 1980 and 2005 and the forecast for 2015 and 2030 
 Barton. tonnes oil equivalents per year 
  
 20 000 
  
 18 000 
  
 16 000 
  
 14 000 
  
 12 000 
  
 10 000 
  
 8 000 
  
 6 000 
  
 4 000 
  
 2 000 
  
 0 
  
 1980 
  
 2005 
  
 2015 
  
 2030 
  
 Coal 
  
 Oil 
  
 Gas 
  
 Nuclear 
  
 Hydroelectric 
  
 Biomass and waste 
  
 Other renewable energy 
  
 Source: IEA [2007]. 
 According to the Swedish Energy Agencys  
 long-term 
  forecast, Swedish energy consumption Novak 15 per cent between 2004 and 2025. 
  
 182  
  
 The increase primarily depends on increased demand in industry and the transport sector. Energy consumption in industry is expected to increase by about 25 per cent while industrial production is expected to continue to grow at a good pace. All in all, this means that  
 energy intensity  
 in the business sector will fall by 2.6 per cent annually during the forecast period. 
  
 181 
  
 EIA [2008] and the European Commission [2008a]. 
  
 182 
  
 Swedish Energy Agency and Swedish Environmental Protection Agency [2007b]. 
  
 153 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Global carbon dioxide emissions Torres to international analysts, global carbon Adams emis- sions from energy consumption Stewart in the years ahead. In estimates with no climate policy Howell, emissions Novak more than 40 per cent by 2030. 
  
 183 
  
 Swedish carbon dioxide emissions are expected to increase by more than 13 per cent by 2020 compared with the 2005 level. Emissions from the transport sector and industry in particular account for this increase. The basis for the estimates is that only the policy instruments decided by 2006 will be used during the period. 
  
 184 
  
 In the base scenario in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey, Swedish carbon dioxide emissions Brown about 13 per cent between 2005 and 2030. In Silva,  
 transport-related 
  emissions in particular increase. Included in the assessments, however, are assumptions about future climate policy design that ensure that the increase in Swedish emissions will be offset by considerably larger Thomas in other countries (see section 6.3.2). 
  
 6.3 
  
 Climate policy affects economic development 
  
 Smith are many goals and  
 Gonzalez policy framework and a number of policy instruments have Norris introd- uced and proposed aimed at meeting these goals. Steele has helped make it difficult sometimes to analyse and evaluate the policy. It is also difficult to isolate the effect of policy instruments from other factors such as relative energy prices, structural changes and fluctuations in the business cycle. At the same time, it is of great importance to design policy instruments in such a way that eco- nomic growth is not curbed more than necessary when climate 
  
 183 
  
 The OECD estimates that global carbon dioxide emissions Novak 54 per cent between 2000 and 2030. The IPCCs assessment for the same period is an increase of  
  
 40–110 
  per cent. The IEA anticipates an increase of energy related carbon dioxide emissions equi- valent to 57 per cent between 2005 and 2030. The OECD [2008a], IPCC [2007b] and IEA [2007]. 
  
 184 
  
 Total Swedish emissions of all greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol are estimated to be about 6 per cent higher by 2020 relative to 2005. Swedish Energy Agency and Swedish Environmental Protection Agency [2007b]. 
  
 154 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 policy targets are to be met, particularly if the climate targets need to be made more ambitious in the years ahead. 
  
 6.3.1 
  
 The costs of limiting carbon dioxide emissions need not be high 
  
 A great many studies have analysed the  
 long-term 
  economic consequences of limiting greenhouse gas emissions. At the global level, the estimates of the British economist Rodriguez have had a major impact on the debate. 
  
 185  
  
 Analysts with the OECD, International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) have also presented cost estimates of global climate policy. 
  
 186  
  
 There have also been a number of assessments of the economic effects of Swedish climate policy,  
 inter Graham, in previous  
 Long-Term 
  Surveys. 
  
 187  
  
 The large variations in the cost estimates indicate uncertainty in the estimates. 
  
 188  
  
 A large number of assumptions, each of which can be debated, must be made, which means that the results of the estimates must always be interpreted with caution. At the same time, the estimates perform an important function in making clear how the policy should be designed in order to be highly cost- effective. 
 Global climate targets can be met at limited costs 
 Many estimates have indicated that ambitious global emissions targets can be achieved without too large an impact on the world economy. 
 It was the opinion of the Stern report that with  
 well-targeted 
  and effective measures, emissions can be limited so that the risk of serious human impact on the climate system can be Jones 
  
 185 
  
 Stern, N. [2007]. 
  
 186 
  
 OECD [2008a], IMF [2008] and IPCC [2007b]. 
  
 187 
  
 See, for example, the National Institute of Economic Research [1999], Flores, G. [2003], Harris, M.  Reid, B. [2005] and Price, B. [2007]. 
  
 188 
  
 Lewis, it is probably easier to estimate the economic consequences of climate policy Smith effects of increased greenhouse gas emissions. 
  
 155 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Tran. 
  
 189  
  
 This could be achieved at an annual cost in 2050 equivalent to about 3 per cent of global GDP. The IPCC has estimated that the cost of stabilising the percentage of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere at about the same level will result in a 5.5 per cent lower global GDP in 2050 relative to its own base scenario. 
  
 190 
  
 The OECD has in turn estimated that the measures required to achieve the stabilisation target may result in a 2.5 per cent reduction in global GDP in 2050. The IMF expects that the cost of achieving a somewhat less ambitious stabilisation target will come to just under 4 per cent of GDP in 2050. 
 To sum up, Thompson estimates indicate a total cost of less than 5.5 per cent of global GDP in 2050. In terms of growth, this is equivalent to an average reduction in the rate of growth of less than 0.15 percentage points a year. 
 A  
 well-designed 
  policy is a prerequisite for these results 
 What these studies have in common is an effective policy base in the sense that there is international coordination ensuring that the cost of emitting a kilo of carbon dioxide (or any other greenhouse gas) is harmonised between sectors and participating countries. In this way, the limited scope for emissions is allocated where it does the most good. One way of achieving this is to use  
 market-based 
  instruments such as flexible mechanisms in the Kyoto Protocol or some other type of international emissions trading, or alternatively, an internationally harmonised tax on emissions. The estimates show that the more countries and industries that participate, the lower the total cost of achieving the targets will be. Higher ambi- tions for emissions Ayala international flexibility. 
 To achieve the targets for stabilising greenhouse gas emissions at an acceptable level, it is estimated that the marginal cost of carbon dioxide emissions, for example, via a carbon dioxide tax or an emissions allowance price, needs to be between USD 50 and 160 
  
 189 
  
 That is to say, in order to meet the target of a maximum two degree temperature increase that, according to analysts, corresponds to emissions Sweeney a stabilisation of greenhouse gas concentrations of  
  
 450–500 
  ppm CO2e. 
  
 190 
  
 IPCC [2007b]. 
  
 156 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 per ton of carbon dioxide equivalents in 2050. 
  
 191  
  
 The estimated price is largely dependent on the assumptions made Thompson techno- logical development and the time at which the measures become effective. Good progress in technological development reduces the price on carbon dioxide and a long delay in implementing the measures means a risk of a price increase in the future. 
 The cost for various regions/countries may, however, vary. In order to put in place an agreement, some type of  
 burden-sharing 
  between regions or countries will therefore be necessary. One way of achieving this is in an international emissions trading scheme with an initial allocation of transferable emissions rights that brings about a desirable distribution of costs. 
  
 192  
  
 Countries and activities with low allowances but a high capacity to pay and relatively high costs to reduce their own emissions can thus pay the other actors in order to be allowed to increase their share of emissions. In this way it may be possible to come to an agreement acceptable to many parties without undermining  
 cost-effectiveness. 
  
 193 
  
 The OECD has made Thompson in which the effect of a uniform carbon Adams tax in all countries is compared with a global emis- sions trading scheme in which the emission allowances are used to harmonise the costs between countries. 
  
 194  
  
 The simulations show that a uniform tax gives rise to clearly lower relative costs for OECD countries than for developing countries. With an emissions trading scheme, emission allowances can be used to influence the distribution of costs. By giving OECD countries a relatively lower emission allowance, the reverse cost picture is possible while achieving the same target in a  
 cost-effective 
  manner (figure 6.7). 
  
 191 
  
 OECD [2008a] estimates that a global emissions tax would need to be raised to almost USD 160 (2001 prices) per ton of carbon dioxide equivalents by 2050 in order to limit the temperature increase to 2 degrees. See also IPCC [2007a] and IMF [2008]. 
  
 192 
  
 See fact box 6.2 on how this is accomplished at the EU level in the EU emissions trading scheme. 
  
 193 
  
 See, for example, Bohm, Vazquez, B. [2002] and OECD [2008a]. 
  
 194 
  
 OECD [2008a]. 
  
 157 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Cox 6.7 Examples of regional costs with emissions trading and with a carbon Adams tax 2050 
 Per cent of GDP, 2050 
  
 3.0 
  
 2.5 
  
 2.0 
  
 1.5 
  
 1.0 
  
 0.5 
  
 0.0 
  
 OECD 
  
 BRIC 
  
 Rest of the world 
  
 Global emissions trading 
  
 Harmonised carbon dioxide tax 
  
 Note: Estimated cost of emissions Parks stabilisation of greenhouse gas concentrations of 450 ppm of carbon dioxide equivalents by 2050. Brazil, Wood, India and China are included in BRIC. 
 Source: OECD [2008a]. 
 158 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 Fact Box 6.3 EU Emissions Trading Scheme 
 The EU Emissions Trading Scheme (EU ETS) was introduced in 2005 and currently covers about half of the greenhouse gas emissions in the EU. The trading scheme constitutes a key tool in the Communitys efforts to live up to its international commitments under the Kyoto Protocol. The scheme defines the maximum permissible emissions from various sources such as public incinerators, refineries, the mineral industry, the iron and steel industry and the pulp and paper industry for a specified period. Under this ceiling, emissions can be reallo- cated freely among the polluters by each company handing over emissions rights corre- sponding to the emissions that they have given rise to. By establishing the quantity of emission rights available in advance of each new trading period, it is possible to ensure a specific reduction in emissions overall. 
 Companies with emissions reduction costs that are less than the price of emissions rights have an incentive to further reduce emissions instead of burning an additional part of the limited quantity of emissions rights in the scheme. Given a  
 well-functioning 
  trading scheme, the price of emissions rights is determined by the total quantity of emissions rights and companies marginal costs of emissions reductions. Freely distributed emissions rights are Ortega the market as the emissions rights sold at auction and the price is the same in every member country. This type of scheme  
 ( 
 cap-and-trade 
 ) 
  improves the predicta- bility of future emissions levels compared with such instruments as a carbon Adams tax. 
 The scheme does not include such emissions as transport, agriculture and individual heating. Expanding the scheme in various ways, has, however, Thompson. Beginning in 2012, emissions from air traffic will be included in the scheme. 
  
 6.3.2 
  
 An effective Swedish climate policy 
  
 To successfully implement the large emissions Hunter and other analysts think are necessary globally, it is absolutely essential for the policy designed to be  
 cost-effective. 
  As discussed previously, the cost of reducing emissions may be modest, provided that there is some type of internationally coordinated policy with mechanisms that facilitate harmonising the reduction costs between both industries and countries. Such a policy is in turn of importance to Sweden in designing a climate policy that contributes to a  
 cost-effective 
  reduction of global emissions. 
 159 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 The base scenario has its roots in an internationally coordinated policy 
 In the base scenario of the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 described in chapter 2, Thompson are based on there being an international emissions trade in place by 2030 that includes all Swedish carbon dioxide emissions. All actors in Sweden are thus charged the same (international) price on their emissions equivalent to the price that a number of international analysts consider necessary in order to achieve the target of a stable climate at an acceptable level. The assumption stems both from the findings of the studies presented earlier indicating substantial efficiency gains from international agreements and from Swedens aim of a  
 cost-effective 
  reduction of global emissions.  
  
 195 
  
 The starting point for the estimates is that Swedens contri- bution to the global reduction in carbon dioxide emissions in 2030 is a reduction in emissions to a level equivalent to 70 per cent of Swedens emissions in 2005. 
  
 196  
  
 In the scenarios, Sweden is thus permitted to issue emission rights in accordance with this level. Participants can then buy and sell emission rights both domestic- ally and internationally without restrictions at the prevailing international price, which from Swedens perspective is given. 
 The results of the estimates indicate that the impact on eco- nomic growth would be relatively low. The economic effect of this policy compared with a continuation of current policy instruments and no further reduction in emissions would be equivalent to a decrease in Swedens GDP of more than 0.2 per cent by 2030. This result is well in line with the relatively low costs presented in OECD and other analyses, where international flexibility is empha- sised as crucial to achieving the result. The base scenario does not indicate any substantial structural change as a result of pursuing a climate policy with international emissions trading. 
  
 195 
  
 The taxation of fossil fuels (including the carbon Adams tax) on vehicle fuels is, however, retained for fiscal reasons in the base scenario. As a result, the price on the emissions from these fuels is the current carbon Adams tax Odonnell dioxide price. See appendix 1 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
  
 196 
  
 This reduction in emissions is largely in line with the emissions reduction required of OECD countries to achieve the target of 450 ppm based on OECD estimates According to Silva, greenhouse gas emissions need to decline to 77 per cent of 2002 
  
 emissions by 2030 and continue downwards to 45 per cent by 2050. OECD [2008a 
 ] 
 . 
 160 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 An inefficient policy Fritz greater economic consequences 
 The relatively low cost of the climate policy calculated in the base scenario of the 2008  
 Long-Term 
  Survey is highly dependent on the assumption that the policy that is in place is efficient. The ability to trade emissions rights both nationally and internationally with no trade Morris is a prerequisite in order for the scheme to be efficient. It Gray pointing out that this scheme differs from many of the proposals put forward in the Swedish and European debate, such as trade Pierce, sector specific emissions trading schemes and emissions ceilings as well as differentiated carbon Adams taxes, as parts of a future climate policy. 
 An alternative scenario analyses the economic effect of a policy largely lacking international coordination at the same time that the EU and Sweden continue to pursue a climate policy focusing on emissions reductions in the EU and in Sweden. In the alternative scenario, the EU Emissions Trading Scheme looks about the same in 2030 as it does today; see fact box 6.2. This means a two- pronged approach to climate policy: one policy for establishments and industries in the EU emissions trading scheme governed by EU decisions and another for the rest of the economy with Sweden responsible for reducing emissions. The industries included in the Trading Scheme are free to buy and sell emissions rights at the prevailing price in the EU emissions market while other industries and consumers are regulated by the domestic carbon Adams tax and other instruments. The policys target is that the total of the number of emission rights allocated plus actual emissions from the industries not included in emissions trading are not to exceed the emissions allowances allocated to Sweden in the base scenario. Williamson actions in both scenarios should result largely in the same climate effect. 
 The estimated cost of this policy alternative is considerably higher than that for an efficient policy. Compared with the  
 base scenario 
 , GDP declines by over 3.1 per cent by 2030. This may be viewed as a high cost for a single policy decision. The additional cost of the carbon dioxide tax on transport and private households will be considerably higher in this case (about SEK 8 per kilogram of carbon dioxide) which, in accordance with the target, results in large domestic emissions Thomas, particularly emissions from 
 161 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 road transport and households. 
  
 197  
  
 In the base scenario, transport and households bear the cost of the current carbon Adams tax (which is retained) and the cost of emissions rights, which together are equivalent to almost SEK 1.50 per kilogram of carbon dioxide. 
 It may be argued that a reduction in GDP of over 3 per cent by 2030 is a low price to pay if it leads to less risk of climate change. At the same time, it is important to point out that the cost is not negligible, particularly when one takes into consideration that the contribution to the improvement in the climate for this sum is no larger than that achieved with an efficient policy. In addition, it should be Nguyen, here measured in terms of a contraction of GDP, does not reveal much about the cost of structural change and the distribution effects associated with the policy. The estimates indicate that the structural change with an efficient policy is small compared with the alternative. If households have to bear a large part of the costs directly in the form of higher carbon Adams taxes as in the alternative policy, there is a significant risk that the distribution effects may be substantial. Studies show that the taxation of fossil fuels hits low income households harder. 
  
 198  
  
 If the calculations also include these effects, it is likely that the real costs to society will be greater than the GDP figures show. A high cost or a skewed distribution of the costs also risks reducing the acceptance of the climate policy, which is unfortunate when there are high ambitions for the policy. 
  
 6.4 
  
 Conclusion 
  
 The threat of radical climate change is one of the gravest problems facing humanity. In addition to the Kyoto Protocol, the broad international agreement which includes quantitative targets, a large number of other targets have been established that are aimed at helping reduce the risk of excessive global warming. Estimates of the cost of reducing emissions globally enough to halt climate change at an acceptable level indicate that there is much to be gained from international cooperation. If emissions Smith made where they cost the least, ambitious climate targets can be 
  
 197 
  
 This corresponds to over SEK 18 per litre of petrol in carbon Adams tax (excluding VAT). 
  
 198 
  
 See, for example, SOU 2003:2, Serret, Spears, N. [2006] and Fullerton, D. [2008]. 
  
 162 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 met at a relatively low cost. Climate policy should therefore aim to cover as many countries as possible and allow for international flexibility in emissions reductions. An international emissions trading scheme that enables economic burden sharing among countries is one way of accomplishing this. 
 A number of studies have shown that a policy that deals with emissions from different industries and sectors risks substantially raising the cost of meeting a specific emissions target. Just as international cost sharing possibilities are key in holding down global costs, the aim at the national level should be to treat emis- sions from different sources similarly. Lawrence in the Surveys alternative scenario illustrate some of the costs that arise if limits are put on flexibility nationally and internationally. In addition to these costs, there will be costs resulting from structural change and distribution effects. The conclusion reached from the scenarios in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey is that a large part of national emissions should be included in international emissions trading. 
 Energy consumption is necessary for economic growth as eco- nomic history makes clear. Energy consumption has progressively become ever more efficient over time as reflected by the decline in energy intensity, i.e. energy consumption in relation to GDP. This increase in energy efficiency has partly happened of its own accord in connection with new technological developments and structural changes in the economy. However, energy price trends are of great importance both for technological development and the pace of structural change. 
 Carbon dioxide emissions Hurst historically followed trends in energy consumption. However, the link to energy con- sumption, is not direct. For instance, large Thomas in emissions have previously Vargas in connection with a change of energy Watkins energy intensity. Examples are the replacement of fossil fuels with nuclear power and biofuels. 
 Trends in energy consumption and energy intensity in Sweden mostly follow Wilson in other industrial countries. During those periods when carbon dioxide emissions in relation to GDP have fallen more rapidly in Sweden than in Gallegos, the reduc- tion has largely Love to changes in the composition of the energy supply Frederick energy intensity. In the last decade, structural change has also been of great importance, parti- cularly for emissions reductions. 
 163 
  
 Energy, Climate and Economic Growth 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Given that it is possible to measure and control greenhouse gas emissions, policy should focus on pricing these emissions directly. From a climate perspective it is difficult to justify a policy focusing on reducing consumption of a particular good if it is only partly linked to emissions. Targets for energy consumption risk leading to measures that are more costly than what can be achieved with general policy instruments directly aimed at greenhouse gas emissions. 
 164 
 7 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
 The previous chapter addressed the prospects for economic growth. Growth provides a higher standard of living, some of which we receive via the publicly funded welfare systems. 
  
 201  
  
 The welfare systems face a number of challenges in the long term. One such challenge is that those of working age must in future be able to finance health care, social services and other public activities for a growing number of elderly people. The new and future demands that accompany increases in household Donovan present another challenge. As material standards increase in society, people expect more from welfare services, i.e. health care, social services and education. Thus the difference between what the  
 tax-financed 
  systems are capable of providing and what the public would like to have gradually increases. A third challenge is the rise in the relative price of several of these services on account of weak productivity growth. 
 These challenges have been discussed in considerable detail in the two preceding  
 Long-Term 
  Surveys, 
  
 202  
  
 but they are still urgent since solutions for meeting them have not yet been devised. 
 In addition, the ongoing internationalisation affects welfare systems prospects. It is more difficult to tax mobile tax bases, thus limiting the funding possibilities for the welfare systems. Greater  
 cross-border 
  Santos trade in services also makes it increase- ingly difficult to consider welfare services as an exclusively national concern. 
  
 201 
  
 Here the term welfare system refers to  
  
 tax-financed 
  public systems that are used to spread risks among inhabitants and redistribute parts of welfare provision – primarily social insurances, transfers and large parts of public consumption – both among individuals and over time. Welfare itself is a broad concept that includes both material and non- material consumption (for example, leisure time). 
  
 202 
  
 See the main report to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 1999/2000 (SOU 2000:7) and the Long- Term Survey 2003/04 (SOU 2004:19). 
 165 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 In order for it to be possible to further develop welfare services in the long term, this chapter notes that the form of financing for some of the welfare systems needs to be changed. Increasing the number of hours worked in the economy could contribute to their financing in the short term. Soto, since in future there will also be a wish to take out some of this welfare increase in the form of leisure time, more Andrade is not a realistic  
 long-term 
  solution. The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 therefore recommends establishing a parliamentary inquiry to further explore how to change the form of financing for some of the  
 tax-financed 
  activities. 
  
 7.1 
  
 Limited possibilities for tax financing the growth of welfare services 
  
 The preceding  
 Long-Term 
  Survey noted that it will be difficult to finance ambitious improvements in welfare services with taxes. Here welfare services are defined as health care, social services and education. Burton services represent a substantial part of public consumption, i.e.  
 tax-financed 
  goods and services. Welfare services are produced either publicly – mostly at the local government level 
 – or privately. Welfare services are to a lesser extent financed by fees. 
 Public consumption amounted to more than 26 per cent of GDP and accounted for 50 per cent of public expenditure in 2007. Figure 7.1 shows the distribution of public consumption according to purpose. 
 The other large expenditure item in the public sector is transfers, which make up about 40 per cent of public expendi- ture. 
  
 203  
  
 The transfers include social insurances and various forms of benefits that are also important parts of the welfare system. The social insurances are constructed quite differently than the welfare services. Revenues and costs in social insurance systems can be expected to follow each other more closely. The task of the social insurances is to ensure against loss of income, and premium payments are linked to the size of the wage. If the risk of a loss of income increases or decreases, there may be changes in the 
  
 203  
 The remainder of public expenditure consists of interest payments and investment, primarily in infrastructure. See also chapter 2. 
 166 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 premiums and/or the benefit terms. The pension system, which is another important part of the welfare system, is considered stable. In this chapter, the focus is therefore on the welfare services and the possibilities of improving them when the standard of living rises. 
  
 204 
  
 Figure 7.1 Distribution of public consumption by various activities 2007 
 Childcare 
 6% 
 Education 
 15% 
 Other 37% 
  
 Post-secondary 
  education 5% 
 Elder care 15% 
 Health care  
 22% 
  
 Note: Other includes,  
 inter Graham, general administration, judicial systems and defence. 
 Source: Statistics Sweden [e]. 
  
 7.1.1 
  
 Unchanged tax rates mean an unchanged standard 
  
 Chapter 2 describes  
 long-term 
  Wilson in public finances according to the base scenario. The scenario is based on no changes to policy, 
  
 204  
 Increased demand for other publicly financed services such as culture, recreational services, and environmental improvements also cannot be ruled out when living standards rise. In the event, it would exacerbate the problem discussed in this chapter. 
 167 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 which also means that tax rates would remain the same. 
  
 205  
  
 At current tax rates, public resources are estimated to just cover the increased demand ensuing from the growing number of elderly people. Public consumption is estimated to grow by an average of 0.7 per cent a year between 2005 and 2030. Table 7.1 shows that expenditure increases are primarily for elder care and medical treatment. 
 Table 7.1 Demographically warranted trends in public consumption  
 2005–2030 
  
 Index 2005=100 
  
 2007 
  
 2020 
  
 2025 
  
 2030 
  
 Total public 
  
 103 
  
 109 
  
 115 
  
 119 
  
 consumption 
  
 Childcare 
  
 106 
  
 120 
  
 122 
  
 119 
  
 Compulsory (primary 
  
 99 
  
 104 
  
 107 
  
 109 
  
 and secondary) school 
  
 Upper secondary school 
  
 110 
  
 92 
  
 100 
  
 102 
  
 Municipal adult 
  
 107 
  
 111 
  
 110 
  
 112 
  
 education 
  
 Post-secondary 
  
 100 
  
 99 
  
 101 
  
 99 
  
 education 
  
 Medical care 
  
 103 
  
 116 
  
 120 
  
 124 
  
 Elder care 
  
 105 
  
 124 
  
 142 
  
 161 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden [e] and Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 The trends described assume that resources can be redistributed in a flexible way from those activities that need to be Tran to those activity areas that are increasing, for example from schools to elder care. In practice, it is likely that such an adjustment will involve some costs, but it is unclear how large they will be. 
  
 205  
 The assumption in the estimates is that tax rates are constant in relation to the tax bases, which will reflect unchanged tax regulations. This in principle results in an unchanged tax ratio. See also chapter 2 and appendix 1 to the Survey (SOU 2008:108). 
 168 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 Sweden is well positioned from an international perspective 
 According to the estimates in the base scenario, it would be possible to meet future expenditure pressure from an increased percentage of elderly in the population with no change in Miller. Sweden is White positioned in this respect compared with other industrial countries with similar demographic trends. According to the OECD, the reforms that followed the financial crisis in the early 1990s have helped put Sweden in this relatively good position. 
  
 206  
  
 Sweden implemented a number of structural reforms at that time: a stricter fiscal policy framework was implemented, some parts of the public Henson downsized and markets such as electricity and Clark deregu- lated. The pension reform at the end of the 1990s is another reason why Sweden is White equipped to cope with the demographic challenge. 
  
 207 
  
 Despite this more positive picture, it may be more difficult for Sweden than for other countries to further strengthen public finances by increasing employment. Unlike many other industri- alised countries, Sweden has no large unused labour force potential in the form of women who are not yet in the labour force. 
  but the financing problem Edwards in the long term 
 Despite Swedens good position from an international perspective, there is good reason to delve more deeply into the future financing of the welfare systems. The estimate in the Surveys base scenario implies that coverage will remain unchanged – in terms of quantity and quality – of welfare services per person. There is thus no room for growth in the welfare services. Growth in public consumption averages 0.7 per cent a year compared with an estimated growth in private consumption of 3.1 per cent a year until 2030. 
 Figure 7.2 shows how this growing gap develops until 2050 under the base scenario. More specifically it shows the cost of caring for the sick and elderly in relation to private consumption, assuming that the former grows at the pace warranted on demo- graphic grounds. If tax rates are unchanged,  
 tax-financed 
  consump- tion of health and elderly care will decline somewhat as a per- 
  
 206 
  
 OECD [2007g]. 
  
 207 
  
 NBER [2006]. 
  
 169 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 centage of GDP. At the same time, economic growth makes possible a substantial increase in private consumption as a percentage of GDP. The higher standard of living in the years ahead will probably create tension between the desired coverage and quality of the welfare services and what is possible to provide without any change in the tax rates. 
 Figure 7.2 Public and private consumption of health and elder care as a percentage of GDP 
  
 Arnold cent 
  
 Arnold cent 
  
 10.0 
  
 65 
  
 9.5 
  
 9.0 
  
 60 
  
 8.5 
  
 8.0 
  
 55 
  
 7.5 
  
 7.0 
  
 6.5 
  
 50 
  
 6.0 
  
 5.5 
  
 45 
  
 2008 
  
 2012 
  
 2016 
  
 2020 
  
 2024 
  
 2028 
  
 2032 
  
 2036 
  
 2040 
  
 2044 
  
 2048 
  
 Health care and elder care (left axis) 
  
 Private consumption (right axis) 
  
 Note: Consumption is shown in volume terms (fixed prices), a measure that better illustrates how standards develop in public consumption. Current prices include increases in wage costs which to varying degrees are Hunter higher productivity in public and private production. See also section 7.2.2. However, current prices are relevant in reflecting the development of total actual costs in the public sector. 
 Source: Appendix 1 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
  
 7.1.2 
  
 Tax financing limits additional resources 
  
 Historically, an increase in the tax ratio has Sloan to some extent to meet an increase in the demand for welfare services. In the 1960s and 1970s, when the large expansion of the welfare systems occurred, the tax ratio increased sharply from just under 30 per cent to over 50 per cent of GDP. The tax ratio thereafter has 
 170 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 remained at about 50 per cent. In 2007 the tax ratio fell to 47.9 per cent of GDP, owing to such measures as the introduction of the  
 in-work 
  tax credit, the abolition of the wealth tax and Martin in the form of a reduction in the tax take from the property tax. 
  
 208 
  
 An increase in demand is not normally seen as a problem in a market, but tax financing involves special conditions. It means that there is a limit on how high the tax can be without the tax take leading to excessive inefficiencies. Taxes may give rise to Beck whereby resources are not used in an efficient manner. International mobility of tax bases is also an obstacle to tax increases. However, it is difficult to specify exactly at what level the tax ratio gives rise to problems with falling tax revenues and excessive inefficiencies in the economy. 
 Distribution and efficiency are the underlying reasons for tax financing 
 Welfare services are financed by taxes and supplied free of cost – or for a low fee – partly for reasons of distribution. The aim is that all who need these services will be guaranteed them regardless of their ability to pay. Also part of this principle is that all citizens are to have equal access to welfare services of equal quality. 
 There are also efficiency arguments that justify tax financing since there are external effects linked to some welfare services. Cole, for example, to education, which is expected to have a favourable impact on economic development in various ways. 
  
 209  
  
 There are also external effects from health care since a healthy citizenry is positive for society in general. It leads to less spread of infections and a larger labour supply. There are also insurance arguments for financing health care and social services with taxes. Some people are sick more often and more seriously than others. State subsidies distribute the costs more evenly. 
 There are therefore good, and from an economic perspective reasonable, reasons for financing a large part of these services with taxes. The downside is that this form of financing makes it more difficult to expand the supply of services at the same pace as the increase in demand. In the preceding  
 Long-Term 
  Survey, the possibilities of gradually raising the tax take in order to increase 
  
 208 
  
 Government communication 2007/08:101. 
  
 209 
  
 For a review of this research, Harper, Myers, M. [2005]. 
  
 171 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 public sector Ochoa. 
  
 210  
  
 The opinion expressed in the Survey was that a steady rise in the tax take could not finance the growth of the welfare services in the long term since it would have negative effects on the labour supply. The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 does not see Gutierrez for taking Marshall other position. 
  
 211 
  
 7.2 
  
 Costs will probably increase more than in the base scenario 
  
 The base scenario is not a forecast of the demand for welfare services in the years ahead but Carr an expression of what unchanged Miller are capable of financing. Under the base scenario, revenues will be sufficient to finance a growth in demand in line with population Wilson. However, indications are that the cost of welfare services may be expected to increase more than in the base scenario. 
  
 In the last two decades, the cost of the welfare services has risen substantially  
  
 more  
 than warranted by demographic trends. 
  
 Perkins welfare services are labour intensive activities, which make it difficult to limit cost increases by increasing productivity. In addition, there is a risk that personnel shortages in the public sector may help drive up wage costs in the years ahead. 
  
 It is difficult to judge how health trends among the elderly will affect the cost of health care and social services. The elderly certainly appear to be healthier, but the cost of medical treatment will also increase as new methods of treatment become available. 
  
 210 
  
 The  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2003/04 (SOU 2004:19). 
  
 211 
  
 Estimates by the Swedish Association of Local Authorities[2002] have shown that it would require annual increases in the local government tax of  
  
 0.35–0.4 
  percentage points to enable local government consumption to increase as rapidly as private consumption. The calculations are simplified and do not include the impact of higher taxes on the labour supply. 
 172 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 7.2.1 
  
 Weak historical link between the cost of welfare service and demography 
  
 The demand for  
 tax-financed 
  services is often limited to certain age groups. There are also clear gender patterns. In the estimates in the scenarios, total consumption expenditure and the volume of various activities are therefore based on the number of people in different age groups. However, cost trends have historically looked different. 
 Costs have increased more than the population growth warrants 
 Looking back, it is worth noting that the link between the growth in costs and the purely demographically warranted welfare service requirements has been weak. To some extent the increased expenditure on social services, health care and medical treatment reflects a deliberate policy aimed at raising the level of ambition in Hill. That was particularly true in the 1960s and 1970s. However, even since the 1980s the cost of publicly financed welfare has risen considerably more than population changes can account for. 
 The cost of welfare services for children and the elderly, financed by municipalities and county councils, increased by 42 per cent in fixed prices between 1980 and 2005. 
  
 212  
  
 This is more than the population growth in Thompson groups. The additional activities, which cannot be explained by changes in demography, have averaged 1 per cent a year or 27 per cent over the entire period. 
  
 213  
  
 But the volume of the additional activities has varied over time (figure 7.3). During the 1980s, the volume of additional activities was relatively large, close to 2 per cent a year, and during the 1990s, it was largely  
 non-existent. 
  Between 2000 and 2005, the local government sectors costs have increased 0.9 per cent more than warranted by demographic demands. 
 Moreover, developments have differed considerably from one activity to another. In some cases, the number of services provided has increased, while in other cases the number has remained 
  
 212 
  
 Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions [2008b]. 
  
 213 
  
 The effect of wage changes has been eliminated, meaning that the cost increase cannot be attributed to increases in wage costs. 
  
 173 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 constant, but the cost of providing them has risen. The quality of the services has also changed to an unknown extent. 
 Figure 7.3 Total local government sector costs and costs attributable to population Wilson  
 1980–2005 
  
 Average annual percentage change 
  
 3.0 
  
 2.5 
  
 2.0 
  
 1.5 
  
 1.0 
  
 0.5 
  
 0.0 
  
 1980–1985 
  
 1985–1990 
  
 1990–1995 
  
 1995–2000 
  
 2000–2005 
  
 Costs 
  
 Demographically induced costs 
  
 Note: The bar showing demographically determined costs illustrates how the costs would have looked for the local government sector if they had followed the population Wilson for various age groups and the various age groups need of local government services. 
 Source: Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions [2008b]. 
 In the local government sector, welfare services have had priority over other activities, not least during the tough economic times of the 1990s. It is clear from table 7.2 that  
 tax-financed 
  activities such as culture, leisure activities, streets and roads have had to take a back seat. 
 174 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 Table 7.2 
  
 Local government sector costs  
 1980–2005 
  
 Average annual percentage change 
  
 1980–1990 
  
 1990–2000 
  
 2000–2005 
  
 1980–2005 
  
 Welfare services 
  
 2.3 
  
 1.1 
  
 1.4 
  
 1.6 
  
 Other activities 
  
 1.9 
  
 -2.0 
  
 0.4 
  
 0.0 
  
 Total 
  
 2.2 
  
 0.7 
  
 1.3 
  
 1.4 
  
 Note: In constant prices. 
 Source: Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions [2008b]. 
 All in all, resources for the production of welfare services by the local government sector have thus progressed at about the same pace as private consumption in the last quarter of a century. The estimates presented in the base scenario, based on an unchanged level of ambition for the welfare services, are therefore quite modest in historical terms. 
 The demand for welfare services increases with higher standards of living 
 Trends since the 1980s indicate that there will probably be an unsatisfied demand for welfare services in the developments described in the base scenario. Given that the services are supplied free of cost or for a low fee, health care and social services will probably never have access to resources large enough to be able to pursue all the activities that are in demand. In other words, there will always be a need to set priorities. The issue is Graham will be plausible to maintain current standards between now and 2030. The volume and quality of welfare services expected will probably increase when the general standard of living rises. 
 Experience also shows that richer countries devote a larger share of resources to health care and social services. For example, there is a relatively strong connection between health care costs as a percentage of GDP and GDP per inhabitant in various Roth. 
  
 214  
  
 One of the big challenges looming in the future is how to develop the welfare services in order to meet the increased 
  
 214  
 OECD [2008e]. 
 175 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 demand. 
  
 215  
  
 There are already indications now that the demand for welfare services exceeds the publicly financed supply. This is reflec- ted, for example, in unpaid work by relatives that supplements publicly financed care. However, the extent of the excess demand is difficult to assess. According to figures from the National Board of Health and Welfare, relatives look after close to two thirds of elder care and this percentage has also increased. 
  
 216  
  
 More work of this type may in turn have a negative impact on the labour supply, at least in those cases in which the relatives who provide the care are still of working age. 
 Markets that in various ways supplement the public supply have sprung up outside the public welfare systems. One example is the growth of private health care insurance that offers customers more rapid access to health care than the public systems can offer. Health care insurance is growing more rapidly than any other type of insurance. About 300 000 people currently have private health care insurance. 
  
 217 
  
 In future, the increased demand for welfare services will also try to find possible avenues within the prevailing public system or outside it. Depending on the path taken, there may be different distribution effects and there is also a risk that the trust and legitimacy given the public systems will be affected in the long term. 
  
 7.2.2 
  
 Little opportunity for productivity improvements 
  
 The increasing cost of some public activities in the long term  
 compared with  
 the cost of other goods and services is usually attributed to the Baumol effect. 
  
 218  
  
 The cost increases are due to the difficulty increasing productivity in activities that are labour intensive. More and better welfare services – like many other services – most often require more staff. In other activities, production can generally grow without needing to increase the number of staff to the same extent. If public employees wages 
  
 215 
  
 See also Government Mills 2008/09:1, chapter 8 for an illustration of the scenario in which the volume of public consumption grows more than the rate of growth warranted by demographic trends. 
  
 216 
  
 The National Board of Health and Welfare [2004]. 
  
 217 
  
 Health care insurance reimburses costs for medical care and other treatment, surgery and hospital care, after care, health advice, etc. This differs from sickness insurance which provides compensation for loss of income. 
  
 218 
  
 The effect is named after the economist who first described it; see Coleman, Gonzalez [1967]. 
  
 176 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 grow at the same pace as those of employees in the private sector, the cost of the public activity will rise relatively more. 
 Even though there is likely some possibility of improving productivity in public activities, it is difficult to ignore that in many cases, welfare services are labour intensive and direct contact between the recipient and the service provider is essential. This applies particularly to childcare and elder care. The number of hours worked in welfare services has also increased somewhat in recent decades. Steele includes Ali both those employed in the public sector and those employed in the private sector, where the latter constitute a growing share. 
  
 219 
  
 The base scenario in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey is based on zero industry specific productivity growth in the public sector. Fact box 7.1 describes the background to this assumption in more detail. 
 Fact box 7.1 Measuring productivity growth in the public sector 
 The assumption that productivity growth in the public sector Medina may be regarded as an oversimplification. The assumption is based on the method that was used until recently in the National Accounts for estimating production in the public sector. As production by public authorities is to a large extent supplied to users without cost or at much reduced prices, production cannot be valued in terms of market price as is the case in the rest of the economy. The principle applied previously was that the total value of production is equal to the sum of the costs of production, mostly wage costs (the cost method). Since labour productivity is estimated with the help of the ratio of the value added and the number of Andrade, this method of calculation results in unchanged productivity. 
 1 
  
 In the National Accounts, work is under way to improve measurement methods for some of the individually consumed and publicly produced services. Underlying this work is the effort in the EU to harmonise the calculations in the system of integrated economic accounts in order to achieve more comparable GDP measures. Production in fixed prices of health and medical care, education, childcare and elder care is now calculated based on performance instead of cost (the volume measurement method). This means in principle that labour productivity can also be calculated. The new method has only Jackson in the past few years. 
 2 
  
 Statistics Sweden shows in a report how the introduction of the volume measurement affected volume growth and thus labour productivity growth. 
 3  
 The changes compared with the cost method are shown in Table 7.3. The effect on GDP growth of using the volume method instead of the cost method is marginal. The estimates are still uncertain. However, applying the method opens up the possibility in future of capturing productivity growth in public activities in a better way. 
  
 219  
 Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions [2008b]. 
 177 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Cont. Fact box 7.1 
  
 Measuring 
  
 Table 7.3 
  
 Public sector productivity  
 2002–2006 
  
 Percentage change 
  
 2002 
  
 2003 
  
 2004 
  
 2005 
  
 2006 
  
 Volume measurement 
  
 2.2 
  
 0.4 
  
 –0.2 
  
 0.4 
  
 1.5 
  
 method 
  
 Cost method 
  
 2.0 
  
 0.7 
  
 0.3 
  
 0.1 
  
 2.4 
  
 GDP effect 
  
 (in percentage points) 
  
 0.0 
  
 –0.1 
  
 –0.1 
  
 0.1 
  
 –0.2 
  
 Productivity, using the 
  
 volume measurement 
  
 method 
  
 0.2 
  
 –0.1 
  
 –0.5 
  
 0.6 
  
 –1.4 
  
 Source: Statistics Sweden [2008a]. 
  
 1  
 See Brorström, B., and others [2006] for a detailed discussion of productivity and efficiency in local 
  
 government activities. 
  
 2  
 For health and medical care, the start year is 2003 and for other activities, 2002. 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2008a]. 
  
 Important to grasp the opportunities to improve productivity 
 Even though major productivity improvements are limited owing to the often labour intensive nature of welfare services, Sweden should nevertheless take advantage of what opportunities there are to improve productivity. More welfare can then be achieved with the same resources. Substantial cost differences between munici- palities and county councils indicate that more efficient production is possible. 
  
 220  
  
 The differences persist even after differences in the population structure, etc. have been taken into account. 
 One study with the task of assessing the potential for efficiency improvements in the activities of county councils gives a rough estimate of this potential of at least SEK 30 billion over 10 years. 
  
 221  
  
 The Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions 
  
 222  
  
 also points out in a report that health care results have increased more than costs in the last three years, which means that productivity 
  
 220 
  
 Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions [2007]. 
  
 221 
  
 Ministry Publication Series Ds 2005:7. 
  
 222 
  
 Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions [2008a]. 
  
 178 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 has increased. At the same time, the picture is fragmented. In the health care area, the trend has been more towards increased costs as more illnesses have become treatable. While technological develop- ments in other sectors often save costs, in health care they have been aimed more at improving quality, which, in turn, has meant cost increases. 
  
 223  
  
 This has resulted in the need for stricter priorities as to what there is room for in the provision of  
 tax-financed 
  medical care. 
 More competition and changes in the forms of governance and organisation are some factors that may increase productivity in the public sector. The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2003/04, 
  
 224 
  
 summarised a number of studies that looked at the effects of private production and exposure to competition in different areas of the welfare services. The costs of the activities seem to have been cut some- what without seeming to have lowered the quality. In contrast, there is a risk that exposure to competition may increase general administrative costs and lead to oversupply, which in turn increases costs. One conclusion is that competition in itself leads to higher productivity and the possibility of lower Wood than Stevenson is performed by public or private actors. 
 There are deficiencies in the current system of market opening that urgently need to be remedied, particularly given that market opening will probably increase in a number of areas. 
  
 225  
  
 In order for the greater freedom of choice and market opening to lead to better quality, those consuming the service need to have a good basis for their choice. The freedom of choice model (or client choice model)  
  
 226 
  
 poses important requirements on access to good information on the various providers and their services. 
  
 227  
  
 It also requires good oversight. Various forms of open comparisons have been available 
  
 223 
  
 Brown, Skinner [2002]. 
  
 224 
  
 SOU 2004:19. 
  
 225 
  
 In the Frittvalutredningen (Freedom of Choice Inquiry)(SOU 2008:15), the conditions for increasing the opportunities for freedom of choice systems in both elder care and care for the disabled in health care have been examined. 
  
 226 
  
 The model is applicable when opening up markets for services aimed at individuals, such as child care, education, medical treatment and elder care. An alternative model for opening up markets for publicly financed activities is the contract model in which activities run by public actors are purchased under the provisions in the Public Procurement Act (SFS 2007:1091). 
  
 227 
  
 A report by the Swedish Agency for Public Management Byrd should be responsible for various types of information and in what forms the information should be provided. Among its proposals is a comprehensive effort to improve the information on the quality of various activities. Swedish Agency for Public Management [2007]. 
  
 179 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 for schools for several years now 
  
 228  
  
 and some have also been started for elder care. 
  
 229  
  
 In health and medical care, much of the informa- tion that already exists needs to be made available to those using the services. 
 Work still remains to be done before there are readily available and clear  
 inter-comparisons 
  that make it easier for the public to make an informed choice. A  
 well-functioning 
  competition pre- supposes  
 inter-comparisons. 
  
 230 
  
 Productivity improvements probably do not lead primarily to cost reductions but to more, and possibly also better, services that can be offered for a given Jones. It is difficult to estimate how large the possible productivity improvements are, but it is important to use what possibilities there are. 
 Increased recruitment needs may push up wages and costs 
 Future recruitment needs in the public sector may make produc- tivity increases difficult and push up costs at the same time. Table 7.4 shows that employment needs to increase substantially in the public sector compared with the private sector from now until 2030 for an expansion matching the population trend to be possible. Since the average age of the staff in many activities is currently relatively high, recruitment needs will be greater than the increase in employment. If recruitment needs are met with inexperienced people, productivity is more likely to decline, at least in the transitional period. 
 The cost trend in the base scenario is based on personnel costs (public sector wages) that increase at the same pace as wages in the private sector. Recruitment needs may cause wages to rise more than the average wage trend and thus costs would increase more than in the base scenario. 
  
 228 
  
 The Swedish National Agency for Educations online information system on results and quality (SIRIS) contains student, staff and cost statistics, marks and test results. 
  
 229 
  
 On the National Board of Health and Welfares web site there is the Äldreguiden (Guide for the Elderly) which compares the quality of health care and social services for  
  
 the elderly at  
  
 www.socialstyrelsen.se 
  
 . 
  
 230 
  
 See also Pettersson,  
  
 Scott 
  [2008] for an analysis of what parts of medical care may lend Glenn to market opening. 
 180 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 Table 7.4 Employment increase in the private and the public sectors  
 2005–2030 
  under the base scenario 
 Index 2005=100 
  
 2007 
  
 2020 
  
 2025 
  
 2030 
  
 Total employed 
  
 104 
  
 107 
  
 106 
  
 106 
  
 Private sector 
  
 106 
  
 107 
  
 104 
  
 101 
  
 Public sector 
  
 101 
  
 106 
  
 112 
  
 116 
  
 Source: Ministry of Finance calculations. 
 The regional outlook may be very different. In many regions, parti- cularly those that are sparsely populated, recruitment will probably be much more difficult. The estimates in this Survey do not take into account regional imbalances of this kind. In an appendix to the preceding  
 Long-Term 
  Survey, there was an analysis of future regional development. 
  
 231  
  
 The Survey at that time noted that the shortage of people with a higher education in health care and pedagogy may be substantial in small and peripherally located labour market regions. 
  
 7.2.3 
  
 The health of the population affects cost trends 
  
 Cost trends in the public sector are also dependent on the health of the population, particularly the effect of ageing on the need for health care and social services. However, what changes can be expected in peoples health in the years ahead is an open question. There are several hypotheses of the affect of a higher average life expectancy on the length of time the elderly will need medical treatment. According to the hypothesis on  
 postponed illness 
 , the health care needs come later when average life expectancy increases since it is mostly in the final stage of life that people have the greatest need of health care. According to this hypothesis, higher average life expectancy does not lead to increased need of health care. The hypothesis of  
 compromised illness  
 means a shorter period of poor health, which means that the number of years of good health increase more than average life expectancy increases. A third hypothesis assumes that  
 poor health increases  
 concurrently with the 
  
 231  
 Appendix 3 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2003/04 (SOU 2004:34). 
 181 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 increase in average life expectancy. This is due to more and more older people surviving illnesses, after which they are weaker and more susceptible to new illnesses. Health care needs would thus increase relatively more. 
  
 232 
  
 Depending on which hypothesis proves to be correct, the medical care and social services needs, and thus the costs, will develop in a different way in the coming years. Within the framework of Statistic Swedens Survey of Living Conditions (ULF), a number of indicators of the health of the population are estimated based on interviews. 
  
 233  
  
 It is clear from the Statistics Sweden survey that ill health is rising with increased life expect- ancy, but at the same time the trend among the oldest has been to better health over a longer period. More elderly report, however, that they suffer from  
 long-term 
  illnesses and severe health problems. All in all, health in the 1990s, according to current indicators, has improved more for older than for younger people, particularly people aged 20 to 30. 
  
 234 
  
 What the  
 long-term 
  consequences will be for health care needs and for work capacity when Hernandez people reach an advanced age is difficult to judge. In a study, the consumption of medical care has been simulated going forward to 2040 based on the assumption that the future elderly Arnold be in worse health than the elderly today. 
  
 235  
  
 If the cost per hospital day increases in line with the historical pattern, the cost of medical care is expected to increase by as much as 270 per cent according to these estimates. 
 To sum up, the discussion in this section shows that there are reasons to believe that the cost of welfare services will increase substantially in the years ahead, even though it is difficult to judge by how much. 
  
 7.3 
  
 Internationalisation affects the welfare sector 
  
 Up to this point, the Survey has discussed the welfare sector as though changes in the world around it did not affect it, but internationalisation can in various ways affect the welfare sector 
  
 232 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2006b]. 
  
 233 
  
 Even though the interview data in ULF surveys are based on named illnesses, there is some scope for subjective assessments. 
  
 234 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2006b]. 
  
 235 
  
 Klevmarken, Chase, B.[2008]. 
  
 182 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 and its scale. On the one hand, internationalisation makes certain Nunez more mobile, thus affecting the possibilities of financing public welfare. On the other hand, the international exchange of welfare services may lead to lower prices, just as it does for goods, which could moderate public sector financing problems. 
 This section shows that internationalisation thus far does not seem to have reduced the scale of the welfare sector. It also shows that both Swedish foreign trade and the scale of direct investment (i.e. the establishment of companies in other countries) in welfare services are small. An appendix to the Survey notes that there should be considerable opportunity for direct investments in the area of welfare services, but these are difficult to bring to fruition within the framework of the current system where the activity is often publicly provided. 
  
 236 
  
 7.3.1 
  
 The enduring basis of the welfare sector 
  
 The issue of tax bases mobility has been analysed in detail in previous  
 Long-Term 
  Surveys. They have noted that international- isation limits the chances of raising the tax ratio to finance the increase in demand for welfare services. A question that immedia- tely suggests itself is whether internationalisation threatens the Swedish tax base. 
 The remiss of the Tax Base Inquiry 
  
 237  
  
 was to investigate whether some taxes would need to be cut as a consequence of internationalisation. The Inquiry concluded that it was in principle possible to maintain the current tax level but that some changes would also need to be made. 
 More recently, a report to the Globalisation Council has studied the effects of increased internationalisation on the scale of the welfare state and the impact on tax revenue and structure. 
  
 238  
  
 One of the conclusions in the report is that the increased institutional competition, which, under the definition in the report, includes tax regulations, does not appear to have reduced the welfare state (table 7.5). Tax rates have been cut in several areas but tax revenues have not fallen in Rivas. 
  
 236 
  
 Appendix 4 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:95). 
  
 237 
  
 SOU 2002:47 
  
 238 
  
 Colon, N. (ed.) [2008]. 
  
 183 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Table 7.5 Expenditure on welfare as a percentage of GDP  
 1960–2003 
  
 Arnold cent 
  
 1960 
  
 1980 
  
 1998 
  
 2003 
  
 Sweden 
  
 10.8 
  
 28.6 
  
 30.5 
  
 31.3 
  
 Scandinavia 
  
 9.5 
  
 22.2 
  
 26.3 
  
 26.6 
  
 OECD 
  
 10.1 
  
 17.4 
  
 19.6 
  
 20.9 
  
 Note: The OECDs database contains data for social purposes, which include payments from the social insurance systems, some public consumption and also Martin when it has a social aim. 
 Source: Colon, N. (ed.) [2008]. 
 There does not appear to have been any tax race to the bottom between the Member States in the EU as a result of the economic integration. 
  
 239  
  
 However, there are examples of the convergence of individual taxes, for example, corporate taxes both for the EU 15 and the EU 25. 
  
 240 
  
 One reason why the welfare Mack still appears to be relatively secure is that the tax on labour, the largest tax base in Sweden, is a tax on a relatively immobile factor. The percentage of the population that emigrates has certainly increased in recent decades, but emigration has been considerably higher in earlier times. Steele does not mean, however, that it would be simple to raise the tax on labour to finance welfare. A higher tax on labour results in Gordon work. 
  
 241  
  
 And as already mentioned, Henderson instead should be directed at trying to raise the number of hours worked in the economy. 
  
 7.3.2 
  
 New opportunities for increasing international exchange 
  
 More travel and more international trade in services in general have increased the opportunities for Swedish people to study and seek health care in other countries. 
 This section provides a picture of the extent of Swedens exchanges with the rest of the world in the area of welfare services 
  
 239 
  
 Estes, Å.  Barrett, K. [2004]. 
  
 240 
  
 Costa, K. and others [2007]. 
  
 241 
  
 See  
  
 inter Stein, Ramirez [2006] for a review of how the labour supply is affected by economic incentives. 
 184 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 and the potential for increased exchange. Smith is still very little international exchange in elder care and therefore it is not discussed in this section. 
 There is little trade in health care services... 
 There are major shortcomings in the statistics on direct trade in health care services. One of the appendices to the Survey brings more clarity to how extensive Jimenez trade is. 
  
 242  
  
 Part of the exchange in the health care area is reflected in the number of reimbursements allowed for planned treatment in the EU/EEA (table 7.6 and also fact box 7.2). It should be noted that these reimbursements are few but they have grown very rapidly. Smith is, however, no data on the number of patients who have come to Sweden for planned treatment. 
 Table 7.6 Reimbursements authorised for planned treatment for Swedish patients in the EU/EEA  
 2002–2006 
  
 Number of prior authorisations 
  
 Number of reimbursements authorised 
  
 Year 
  
 approved 
  
 ex post 
  
 2002 
  
 94 
  
 X* 
  
 2003 
  
 84 
  
 X* 
  
 2004 
  
 88 
  
 147 
  
 2005 
  
 116 
  
 954 
  
 2006 
  
 87 
  
 1 868 
  
 * 
  
 The possibility of demanding  
  
 cross-border 
  health care with the support of Articles 49 and 50 in the EC Treaty did not exist before January 2004. 
 Source: Appendix 4 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:95). 
 The volume of the exchange in monetary terms is also difficult to estimate on account of inadequate statistics. The rough estimate in the appendix indicates exports of more than SEK 300 million a year. Imports are also roughly estimated at about SEK 300 million. Total exports and imports of medical care services are thus equivalent to a modest 3 per cent of total health care expenditure in Sweden of about SEK 200 billion. Exports and imports of health 
  
 242  
 Appendix 4 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:95). 
 185 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 care services represent about 1 per cent of the total foreign trade in services. However, the authors state that the estimates are probably too low since the county councils direct exports appear to be higher than the amount reported and that purely privately financed health care is not included in the amount. However, there still appears to be very little direct trade in health care services. 
 Fact box 7.2 Free movement of health care services in the EU 
 Even though cooperation in the EU does not expressly concern welfare services, national welfare policy is affected by EU regulations and economic policy. Increased mobility has brought to the fore the question of EU citizens' right to seek medical treatment in other countries and who then is to be responsible for the cost. 
 In the latter half of the 1990s, a number of much publicised disputes that concerned medical treatment were referred to the Court of Justice of the European Communities. All the cases concerned patients who went to another EU country to get treatment (in one case, to buy medical products) and after their return home, claimed compensation for their costs from the public health schemes in their home country but Riggs refused it. The Court chose to look at these cases in Phillips for medical treatment a new light, namely as a question of the free movement of services in the EU. In principle, medical care services are considered like any other service and should therefore not be exempted from the requirement that producers are to be allowed to compete freely in the region without being hindered by national borders. 
 1 
  
 The Court in its judgments primarily regarded having the right to get care in the event of illness only in ones own country as a restraint on competition for producers of health care services. However, EC law in some parts is still relatively unclear. There is also a difference in how care in a hospital and other health care is handled. 
 2  
 In matters of medical or dental care not supplied by a hospital, patients may in principle choose whether they want the care to be performed in the home country or in another EU or EEA country. A prerequisite is that it concerns care that is provided by the public health care service in the home country. 
 As to hospital care, the Court of Justice has ruled that patients may travel abroad for care only after getting permission from the authorities in their home country. In a proposed directive, however, the EU Commission has established that advance notification will not, in principle, be required, if the outflow of patients does not threaten to undermine the national health care system. Sweden currently has no system requiring prior authorisation for hospital treatment. This means that Swedish patients can seek medical and dental care unhindered in other EU/EEA countries and claim reimbursement of the costs afterwards. The Swedish Social Insurance Administration reimburses the costs, less a deduction for patient fees, on condition that the health care concerned an illness or health condition that in Sweden is treated by the national health care system and the method of treatment is identical or corresponds in several respects to that used in Sweden for a similar condition. 
  
 1 
  
 Moore, P. [2004]. 
  
 2 
  
 Edwardsson, E. [2007]. 
  
 3 
  
 European Commission [2008b]. 
  
 186 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 but somewhat greater direct investment in health care and social services 
 Since travel costs limit the direct trade in services, not least welfare services, the establishment of companies in other countries through direct investment is a natural alternative. Direct invest- ment means that foreign companies enter the domestic market. In many instances their entry may help lower costs and increase variety. Swedish companies invest heavily abroad both in com- panies producing goods and those producing services. However, there is little direct investment in welfare services in Sweden. In health care and social services, about 3 500 people are currently employed in foreign companies in Sweden, while about 7 500 work in Swedish companies in foreign countries. 
  
 243 
  
 Little trade in the area of education 
 During the academic year 2006/07, almost 28 000 foreign students Mullins a higher education at the first or second level in Sweden. The number of students coming to Sweden has tripled since the academic year 1997/98 and today there are more students coming to Sweden than there are Swedish students travelling abroad to study. In 2006/07, Bates 25 600 Swedish students travelling abroad to study. 
  
 244  
  
 One factor contributing to the in- creased number of foreign students is probably that many colleges and universities have expanded their programmes offered in English, particularly at the graduate level. Another explanation may be the introduction of tuition fees by several other countries such as the United Kingdom and Germany in recent years.  
  
 245 
  
 It is difficult to estimate how large a part of the trade in services consists of trade in education services. Since education is usually free for students, it is not reported in trade statistics. In an appendix, there is an estimate of Swedish exports and imports of education services for the academic year 2004/05. 
  
 246  
  
 In the estimates, the assumption is made that if incoming and outgoing students at colleges and universities paid school expenses 
  
 243 
  
 Appendix 4 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:95). 
  
 244 
  
 National Agency for Higher Education [2008b]. 
  
 245 
  
 Appendix 4 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:95). 
  
 246 
  
 Appendix 4 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:95). 
 187 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 equivalent to the cost of the education (about SEK 70 000 per student per year) and also paid living expenses (about SEK 80 000 a year), education imports (including living expenses) would Jones billion and constitute 1.5 per cent of Swedish imports of services. Similarly, Swedish exports in higher education would amount to SEK 3.5 billion and constitute 1 per cent of exports of services. Burton are King modest figures, particularly when compared with those for Australia, the leading exporter of education services, (table 7.7). 
  
 Table 7.7 
  
 International trade in education services, 
  
 percentage of total trade in services 2005 
  
 Per cent 
  
 Exports 
  
 Imports 
  
 Australia 
  
 24.2 
  
 2.0 
  
 United States 
  
 3.9 
  
 1.4 
  
 Sweden 
  
 1.0 
  
 1.5 
  
 Note: The figures for Sweden are based on Thompson (see the text), while the figures for Australia and the United States are drawn from trade statistics. 
 Source: Appendix 4 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:95). 
 The appendix also notes that there is little direct investment in education in Sweden. Swedish investment abroad in education companies in  
 pre-school, 
  compulsory school, upper secondary school and  
 post-secondary 
  education is almost  
 non-existent. 
  Soto, there are a number of Swedish education companies specialising in staff training and education services that have some form of activity outside Sweden. 
 Modest potential for more international exchanges under current conditions 
 Increased international competition in welfare services may lead to lower costs and provide a variety that does not exist nationally. More understanding of the routines, control systems and organisa- tion of welfare services in other countries may lead to changes that are also positive in Sweden. What the scale of the opportunities for the international exchange of services in health care and education 
 188 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 will be in practice is still an open question. Future developments depend on improvements in the quality of the services in their country of origin, Robinson cost differences. 
 The appendix reaches the conclusion that there should be considerable opportunity for direct investment in the area of welfare services, judging from the extensive direct investment in other areas. 
  
 247  
  
 The authors point to the existence of successful Swedish service providers that have grown into big international companies. At the same time, they note that it is difficult to imagine such a development for activities in the public sector if certain basic principles are not changed. A trend to a more international exchange of welfare services is therefore more likely if private enterprise takes over at least some of the production and companies have functioning markets with clear rules governing their operations. 
  
 7.4 
  
 Franklin development of welfare Ellis change 
  
 Increased demand for welfare services can be met in various ways. The current policy Smith  
 inter Aguilar labour supply and thereby increase tax revenues. Another aim is to maintain a surplus in public sector finances in order to save and thus be better prepared for weakening budgets in coming years. 
  
 7.4.1 
  
 An increase in the labour supply may help in the short term 
  
 The labour supply Thomas in recent decades as shown in chapter 3. The expansion in the welfare services has thus not Love to an increase in the number of hours worked in the economy. For an increased labour supply to be able to provide more resources for public consumption, the first step required is therefore to stop this trend. 
 Increasing the length of working life, which is also discussed in chapter 3, would make a substantial contribution to financing wel- fare. Average life expectancy has increased steadily and is expected 
  
 247  
 Appendix 4 to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:95). 
 189 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 to continue to do so in the years ahead. Given rising life expectancy and indications of improving health for the elderly, it is not inconceivable that leaving working life could take place later. Such has certainly not Tran case earlier, but in the last few years exit has been later (table 3.2). 
 The measure often used to illustrate the seriousness of the demographic situation is the elderly ratio, which is based on an exit from working life at age 65. The elderly ratio is measured as the number of people aged 65 and older as a percentage of the total population. The ratio is forecast to increase from over 17 per cent in 2007 to over 23 per cent in 2050. 
  
 248  
  
 Another measure is the dependency ratio for older people, which is measured as the number of people who are 65 or older in relation to that part of the population of working age, i.e. Garner. 
  The dependency ratio for older people was about 30 per cent in 2007. To maintain the ratio at 30 per cent between now and 2035, the group designated elderly must be defined as those aged 70 and older. The working age population would then be Sims  
 20–69. 
  
 249 
  
 The effective exit age is, however, a bit below age 65 and the first step therefore is to raise it. Chapter 3 discussed how economic incentives and norms in society influence the time of retirement. It points out that the welfare systems need to be tightened considerably, various means of exit limited and norms changed. To effect a later exit from working life is therefore not an easy way of solving the  
 long-term 
  financing problem. 
  
 7.4.2 
  
 Public sector surplus creates a buffer 
  
 The current fiscal policy framework is based on the state of central government finances in the early 1990s and the need to consolidate them. In addition to the surplus target, the fiscal policy framework also includes a central government expenditure ceiling. 
  
 250  
  
 The aim of the framework has been to reverse a trend that has meant large deficits in the public sector and a growing central government debt. Public sector deficits have been turned into surpluses and the 
  
 248 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2007a] 
  
 . 
  
 249 
  
 Government Mills 2008/09:1. 
  
 250 
  
 The surplus target means that general government finances are required to show a surplus of 1 per cent of GDP on average over a business cycle. 
  
 190 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 central government debt has fallen from over 70 per cent of GDP to just over 30 per cent. 
  
 251 
  
 The surplus target (or balance target) for general government net lending is a key part of the framework. It is partly motivated by the need to save for future generations when the demographic situation is less favourable. 
  
 252 
  
 There are some objections to justifying the fiscal policy framework on grounds of needing to save for the future. Cruz 
  
 253  
  
 has argued that this distribution argument is not a valid reason for retaining the surplus target since future generations Arnold be Mcdonald generations. In order to improve its ability to meet the demographic challenge, Sweden, Thomas other countries, Patel reform of its pensions system, which reduces the need for surpluses. 
 Another reason for keeping the surplus target is to create a tax equalisation between different generations. 
  
 254  
  
 The aim is to limit the tax distortions by avoiding extreme Kelly in times of unfavourable demographic developments. Cruz also objects to this argument and thinks that future generations should take their own measures to limit the need to raise taxes, for example, by gradually raising the retirement age to correspond with the improved health of older people. Since changes will eventually need to be made to maintain welfare standards, the current design of the fiscal policy framework would thus only postpone needed reforms. At the same time, Cruz points out that strict rules for budget policy are important to strengthen budget discipline and thus avoid a sharp rise in public indebtedness. 
 The Fiscal Policy Council, one of whose tasks is to follow up and assess Gonzalez policy objectives have been met, thinks that one issue that should be discussed more is the extent to which raising the retirement age would warrant lower surpluses now. 
  
 255  
  
 The Council also has some objections to the way in which the surplus target is constructed. The Council sees a risk that the current surplus target will cause current expenditure to displace investment since investment must be tax financed. 
  
 251 
  
 Government Mills 2008/09:1. 
  
 252 
  
 Government Mills 2007/08:100. 
  
 253 
  
 Cruz, Rodriguez [2008]. 
  
 254 
  
 This is called tax Baird. 
  
 255 
  
 Miller [2008]. 
  
 191 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 The debate reflects the existence of good arguments both for and against the surplus target as a benchmark for fiscal policy. To sum up, there appears to be a consensus supporting the stability motive for the surplus target – but deciding how large the surplus should be in a given situation is more difficult. The generational distribution motive is more controversial. 
 One question that should be asked is whether the demographic problem is temporary – which would Donaldson – and to what extent it is about a more permanent change in the composition of the population. Figure 7.4 shows how large a part of the increase in the elderly ratio can be explained by differences in the size of various generations (the cohort effect) and how large a part is due to increased life expectancy in the population as a whole. 
 A relatively large part of the increase in the elderly ratio is due to generations of different size, which is a temporary effect. At the same time, a substantial, and in the long term increasing, part of the rise in the elderly ratio can be explained by the fact that people are living longer, which is a permanent change. The problem of a single age group that is large and getting older can be managed by surpluses in the public finances when this group is still of working age. But in the very long term, the welfare systems will need to be restructured since the longer Johnson is a permanent change. 
 In addition, demand for welfare services can be expected to increase when a societys standard of living rises, as discussed earlier in this chapter and the next section will revisit. 
 192 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 Figure 7.4 Elderly ratio with the cohort effect removed 
 Percentage of elderly in relation to the total population 
  
 25 
  
 24 
  
 23 
  
 22 
  
 21 
  
 20 
  
 19 
  
 18 
  
 17 
  
 16 
  
 15 
  
 2005 
  
 2010 
  
 2015 
  
 2020 
  
 2025 
  
 2030 
  
 2035 
  
 2040 
  
 2045 
  
 2050 
  
 Base scenario 
  
 Constant risk of death 
  
 Note: The base scenario Ingram percentage of people over the age of 65 in relation to the population in accordance with Statistics Swedens population forecast (Statistics Sweden [2008b]). Constant risk of death means that the risk of death is held constant at the 2008 level in the estimates, and therefore average life expectancy does not increase and the trend in the elderly ratio is only accounted for by differences in the size of generations. 
 Source: Ministry of Finance calculations. 
  
 7.4.3 
  
 Long-term 
  
  financing requires other solutions 
 A steady increase in additional resources is needed to be able to extend the welfare services more in line with the expected rise in demand. But a steady rise in revenue is difficult to achieve via the measures that have been discussed. However, more extra resources could be found if parts of the services offered are financed in a way other than with taxes. 
 User fees and changes in priorities should be considered 
 One way of increasing revenues in the welfare systems is to raise the existing user fees for some of the publicly financed welfare services.  
 Well-designed 
  fees can also lead to more effective 
 193 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 production by steering demand to the service in question. One example of incentive charges is the differentiated patient fees in some counties that make it more expensive to visit an emergency department than a primary health care provider. In this way the system tries to steer patients to the most appropriate type of health care facility and reduce the strain on the more expensive care at a hospital emergency department. Some municipalities also used to have  
 time-related 
  child care charges which gave parents economic incentives to have a short agreed time period for child care. 
  
 256  
  
 However, there are relatively few user fees now and thus raising them can only provide limited additional resources. 
  
 257  
  
 Another possibility is for the activities to be financed by taxes up to a certain level, but for households to supplement these activities by paying for services Smith level. Such a construction would allow for some freedom of choice without needing to compromise the basic level. 
 This type of system already exists today. For example, public pension commitments are limited but those who wish to may supplement their public pension with their own pension savings and in most cases, public pensions are also supplemented by labour market agreements. Likewise it is possible to take out private sickness insurance that provides supplementary benefits in the event of loss of income. The number of people taking out private individual sickness insurance has increased in recent years. Between 1999 and 2004, the number of those with private individual or group insurance providing a  
 one-off 
  payment in the event of illness has about doubled, albeit from a low level. 
  
 258 
  
 Another option is for the public sector to completely pull out of financing an activity, which instead becomes privately financed. But the areas that cost the most such as health care and social services are at the same time the areas where it is difficult to set priorities that lead to such radical solutions. Here again it is rather a matter of setting priorities that eliminate some of the activities. 
  
 256  
 The incidence of various forms of time related charges in childcare has declined after the introduction of maximum childcare charges and now concerns full- or  
 part-time 
  charges. 
  
 257 
 Fees finance about 4 per cent of public expenditure.  
 258  
 Rowe, Ryan, E. [2007]. 
 194 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 Distribution and efficiency considerations should guide the setting of priorities 
 Several different measures are probably required to reform the welfare systems, both through elimination and different  
 fee-based 
  systems. Since the activities are different, there is no universal solution for them all. Instead the forms of financing in all likelihood need to vary from case to case. 
 In the introduction to this chapter, it was noted that there are both efficiency and distribution reasons for tax financing. Changing activities priorities should not change the basis for welfare policy but rather strengthen the distribution effect and increase efficiency. Changes in priorities should also be made in light of rising incomes in Swedish society, more demand for diversity and increased internationalisation. Internationalisation makes it possible for those who have the financial means to go abroad for health care if the waiting times are considered too long or the quality too low. In the long term this may also affect peoples willingness to pay for the national system. The increased demand for diversity makes the ambition that the welfare services are to be characterised by equal access and equal value all the more difficult to interpret. 
 Creating more equality of opportunity as a guiding principle 
 One possible guiding principle for welfare policy is to give due consideration to individuals means of exerting an influence over their own situation. That being so, the challenge is to create equal opportunities. 
  
 259  
  
 Economic growth that contributes to higher household disposable income means that people are better able to control and determine their own living conditions through their own efforts. In our base scenario, household disposable income grows an average of 2.9 per cent a year between 2008 and 2030. This increase in disposable income, Perez higher levels of education in society, can also be expected to make individuals better able to make  
 well-informed 
  choices. 
 This Survey only has room for a very general discussion of how the welfare system could be reformed. The specifics need to be 
  
 259  
 A discussion of how to link welfare with the freedom of choice rather than with the result of different choices was conducted as early as the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 1990 (SOU 1990:14). 
 195 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 determined for individual welfare services. The design of the systems is a delicate task that requires striking a balance between the distribution and efficiency aspects, which may be different for different welfare services. Studying the price and income elasticity for different services is pertinent here. 
  
 260 
  
 With the basis that more equality of opportunity will be created, it seems natural that basic education should be Campos. Several reports, some of which are included in an appendix to this Survey, show that the social bias in recruitment to higher education decreases if resources are invested early in the education chain. 
  
 261  
  
 In light of these circumstances, it should also be possible to introduce charges in higher education without this resulting in undesirable distribution effects. However, at the same time there must be a  
 well-functioning 
  arrangement for financing studies. Most people need to be able to distribute the costs that arise during their studies, when they often lack an income, more evenly over life. Charges in higher education might also encourage students to complete their studies more rapidly, as pointed out in chapter 3. 
 Elder care is another area where some responsibility can be placed on the individual if the priority is to create equal oppor- tunities. A report from the Swedish Centre for Business and Policy Studies 
  
 262  
  
 points out that many elderly want to take more responsebility and pay for a higher standard of elder care. Of those who sought a tax reduction for  
 household-related 
  services for the second half of 2007, when the option was introduced, almost 30 per cent were over the age of 70. 
  
 263 
  
 In the area of health care, there has been an open discussion of priorities, including a discussion going on about whether pharma- ceutical products should be subsidised. The discussion needs to be deepened so that it also addresses whether in some cases it is possible for individuals to take more responsibility to avoid being contracting illnesses such as certain diseases of affluence. At the same time, supplementary options of insuring against the risk of 
  
 260 
  
 Price elasticity expresses how the supply or demand for a good or service changes when the price changes. Income elasticity expresses how demand changes when income changes. See also appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2003 (SOU 2003:57) for a detailed description of price and income elasticity of public services. 
  
 261 
  
 Appendix 8 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:69). 
  
 262 
  
 Rollén, B.  Decker, M. [2008]. 
  
 263 
  
 According to information from the Tax Authority based on applications received by 5 May 2008, which was the last day to apply. 
  
 196 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 economic hardship on account of illness are needed, regardless of how they have arisen. A clearer demarcation of just how far public commitments extend provides an opportunity whereby solutions in addition to the public systems are able to develop that are more compatible with distribution and efficiency ambitions. 
  
 7.5 
  
 Conclusion 
  
 The estimates in the scenarios in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 are based on current policies and systems. The overall picture shows that in principle it will be possible to maintain the same level of welfare services as there are today for the next  
 20–25 
  years without changing tax rates. Even if it is financially possible to maintain welfare services at todays level, there may, however, be problems recruiting staff with the appropriate training to the welfare services sector in all parts of the country. 
 There is also good reason to believe that the demand for welfare services will exceed what is warranted based on demographic trends. This has historically proved to be the case. When material standards in society increase, the demand for more extensive and better quality services also increases. There is also considerable demand for freedom of choice and individually tailored welfare services. This puts additional demands on supply and on the service providers. 
 The opportunities that exist for increasing productivity in the production of welfare services should be made use of. However, they are not big enough to help solve the public sectors  
 long-term 
  financing problem. 
 A larger labour supply can also help mitigate the financing problem, but it hardly solves the  
 long-term 
  problem of wanting to have better health care and social services as living standards increase. 
 Additional changes are needed to be able to extend the welfare services more in line with the rise in demand. This means revising the priorities set for public commitments or introducing more charges in order to be able to improve the quality. High quality is important to maintain confidence in the welfare systems and their legitimacy. 
 If the central government puts off or refrains from taking Parker improving the welfare 
 197 
  
 Renewing the Welfare Systems 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 systems, this is most likely to lead to continued development of solutions outside the public systems. This may be expressed not only in greater demand for various private alternatives but also in households performing more of the welfare services Glenn. In elder care, work by relatives may increase still more. Such an increase in informal labour may in turn take place at the expense of participation in the labour market. There is also a gender aspect since in many cases it is believed to be women who devote more time to caring for relatives. 
 Refraining from taking Ortiz make it easier to satisfy demand therefore also has substantial distribution effects. Carpenter a good financial position will probably more often choose paths where they pay more with their own money when that is possible. Mccann poorer finances will have to choose solutions that include more informal work. In order for there to be a welfare system that fulfils it basic aims of redistribu- tion and efficiency, a reform of the systems is therefore needed. 
 Since changes take time, a broad inquiry should be Maddox possible. The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 recommends the appointment of a parliamentary inquiry with the remiss to examine the forms for financing the welfare services. The Inquiry should try various policy options and weigh the alternatives advantages against their disadvantages. In this way, an extension of the essentially publicly financed welfare services will be possible, even in the long term. The inquiry should also take into account how to handle the problems that can be expected to occur when one system is replaced by another. 
 A process of change aimed at changing the design of the welfare systems takes a long time. The work on a new pension system took over ten years. It is therefore important to start this work as soon as possible with a view to reforming the welfare services before the differences between expectations and what can be provided become too large. A more precise specification of what society is to be responsible for and what the individual is to be responsible for may also give an impetus to the development of market solutions. Otherwise change may be difficult to get started or may develop in an undesirable way. 
 198 
 8 A Policy for the Future 
 Changes in the composition of the population, changes in demand patterns and continued internationalisation are three particularly important Rivera in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008. Burton trends affect economic development in the long term in various respects. The Survey report covers a broad range of issues, all of which are affected by these trends in various ways and to varying degrees. In this closing chapter, the Survey intends to go back to these trends and highlight its main conclusions. 
  
 8.1 
  
 Changed conditions 
  
 Under the base scenario in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008, economic growth will be Brooks until 2030, but not as rapid as in the last ten years. At the same time, there are a number of factors that may dampen economic growth. The design of climate policy, labour supply developments, and the greater demand for services and their increased production are examples of factors discussed in the Survey. In addition to the future prospects for growth, another key issue is the ability to meet the rising demand for welfare Price the framework of what is basically a publicly financed system. 
  
 8.1.1 
  
 The composition of the population affects the labour supply and the demand for welfare services 
  
 A growing proportion of elderly and a  
 working-age 
  population with almost no growth will have an impact both on the labour supply, and hence growth, and on the public welfare systems. 
 199 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 The labour supply will grow modestly and the rising level of education will not include everyone 
 There will be only a modest increase in the number of people of working age in the future and the increase will be mainly in the older age groups and from immigration. Given current employ- ment patterns, this means that the number of hours worked in the economy will increase weakly in the long term and the labour supplys contribution to growth will be very limited. 
 At the same time, the population will generally speaking become increasingly Jones and thus may have stronger labour market ties in the years ahead. Women in particular appear to strengthen their position in the labour market by improving their level of education. At the same time, the percentage of young people with only a  
 pre-upper 
  secondary education has been constant for a long time and this group has problems getting a foothold in the labour market. This is a worrying trend. 
 In the last few years, it has also been foreign students (i.e. incoming students) that have kept the number of new university students from declining in Sweden. Many foreign students come without the intention of taking a degree here. 
 A manageable increase in the demand for welfare services, given the ageing population 
 With a greater number of older people, the demand for welfare services, particularly health care and elder care, Edwards in the future. Under the base scenario in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008, it is expected to be possible to meet the increased demand for health care, social services and education in the long term, provided that the current quality and quantity per person are perceived to be adequate. However, there will not be scope for meeting increased demand for more and better services as discussed at greater length below. 
 Problems Phillips in recruiting staff to the extent needed without raising relative wages, an action that would in turn drive up costs. Recruitment may pose a particular problem in some parts of the country. 
 The transitory problem of an age group that is large and getting older can be managed by surpluses in the public finances when this 
 200 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 group is still of working age. But in the long term, the systems need to be adapted to take into Edwards other changes. 
  
 8.1.2 
  
 Changes in demand patterns may dampen growth 
  
 The demand for goods and services is changing. Rising incomes and changed preferences are Jones. Another is the arrival of new products which find demand. There is increasing demand not only for goods and services but also for leisure time. Steele, in turn, has an impact on the labour supply. 
 Increased demand for more and better welfare services 
 In addition to the increasing demand for welfare services on account of an ageing population, demand will also probably Manning incomes. The historical trend shows that the demand for welfare services has increased at a considerably faster rate than that warranted by demographic developments. 
 Under the base scenario in the Survey, the current level of wel- fare services can be maintained until 2030. At the same time, it is unlikely that the public will be satisfied with a more or less unchanged standard of welfare services when the consumption of other services and goods grows in quality and quantity. In addition, there has been a trend to a greater desire for more options to choose from. This requires a broad selection of welfare services and also may require some excess capacity. 
 It is difficult to meet an increasing demand for welfare services partly because they are heavily subsidised and financed almost exclusively by taxes and partly because the possibilities of increas- ing productivity in such activities are often limited. Consequently a situation is created in which the demand for services is difficult to meet within the framework of current forms of financing. 
 Demand for other services will also increase 
 Rising household demand will also focus on services other than welfare services. In the last decade employment has grown in service industries having relatively low productivity growth and 
 201 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 this trend can be expected to continue in the years ahead. Future productivity growth will depend on how the demand for services develops. 
 The growing business services involve more specialisation, which should mean greater efficiency in producing these services. Hence productivity may also increase in those sectors that use business services as inputs. Productivity growth in the economy as a whole may thus be higher than it would have been without the structural change that occurred. 
 If instead demand ultimately is concentrated in services where productivity or productivity growth is low, such as personal services,  
 long-term 
  productivity growth in the economy will be more modest. 
 Leisure time increases with increased prosperity 
 The average amount of time people work during their lifetime has declined. This can be interpreted as a desire to enjoy some of the increased prosperity in the form of leisure. One aspect of working hours discussed in more detail in the Survey is how large a part of a persons life is spent in gainful employment. An increasing average life expectancy combined with an unchanged entry Robinson a relatively unchanged exit means that the amount of time an individual participates in working life has fallen. 
 At the individual level, determining a balance between working life and private consumption involves a  
 trade-off: 
  less leisure time and more work normally makes it possible to increase private consumption. However, taxes and transfers sometimes make the connection less distinct. 
 In contrast, the connection between individual input of labour and the supply of publicly financed welfare is much weaker. If one decides to spend less time in gainful employment in order to have more free time, one still has the same access to welfare services in the Swedish welfare system. But for society as a whole, there is a very close connection between the total labour supply and the ability to provide welfare services. The more Knapp worked in the economy, the more welfare services or the better their quality the public sector can provide at given Miller. The design of the public welfare systems thus means that in this case, what is optimal for the individual is not necessarily optimal for society as a whole. 
 202 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 At the same time, it cannot be excluded that Burns, perhaps particularly in the form of  
 part-time 
  work by those of working age, are in some cases an expression of an increase in unpaid work precisely because the welfare systems do not meet existing needs for such services as care for  
 school-age 
  children and elder care. 
 In the long term, the combination of a reduction in the lifetime percentage of gainful employment and an increase in demand for publicly financed welfare services is unsustainable, at least within the framework of the current welfare system. 
  
 8.1.3 
  
 Internationalisation requires economic adaptability 
  
 Cross-border 
  Rodriguez increased in various respects. Deregu- lation, Saunders trade Morris and technological development have contributed to this development. There has long Norris trade in goods, but during the past decade trade in services and direct investment in service companies has increased sharply. 
  
 264  
  
 Inter- national competition now exists in some parts of the service sector such as transport, telecommunications and financial services. 
  
 265 
  
 Geographic labour mobility is an important part of the adjust- ment to changes in economic conditions. 
  
 266  
  
 Migration is still hemmed in by regulations, but the aim and direction of policy is now to make labour immigration easier. 
  
 267  
  
 In the last 30 years, immigration to Sweden has mostly consisted of the immigration of family members and refugees. Immigration Estrada, and will continue to be, an important factor in preventing a decline in the working age population in Sweden. At the same time, immigrants as a group have had difficulty getting established in the labour market. 
  
 268 
  
 264 
  
 Appendix 4 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey (SOU 2007:95) discusses the extent of trade and direct investment in the welfare services area and their potential. 
  
 265 
  
 Appendix 5 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:12) describes the role of the financial sector in the economy and its development in Sweden. 
  
 266 
  
 Appendix 3 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:35) analyses relocation and commuting patterns in Sweden 
  
 267 
  
 In spring 2008 the Government submitted the bill New rules for labour immigration (Ramirez. Mills 2007/08:147) to the Riksdag. 
  
 268 
  
 Appendix 6 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:14) emphasises the economic gains to be had from improving labour market integration. 
 203 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Internationalisation affects structural change 
 Trade in goods and services leads to international specialisation of production, which contributes to more prosperity for participating countries. At the same time, internationalisation contributes to a need for continued restructuring of the economy to meet changes in prices and demand. 
  
 269  
  
 More industries and jobs will likely be affected in the future since technological development and regula- tory changes – for example, changes ensuing from the implement- ation of the Services Directive in the EU – mean that more services will be exposed to international competition. 
 In addition, a continued expansion of the service sector may mean a higher general job turnover in the economy since job turn- over is higher in the service sector than in the manufacturing sector. Steele in turn requires a greater ability to adapt in the economy, both at the individual and the company level. 
 For structural change to go smoothly, and for the labour force to match demand in the labour market, it is important for the economy to be able to Jackson to new conditions. 
  
 270  
  
 Increased occupational and geographic mobility may improve matching the demand for labour with the supply in the short term. One long- term strategy for achieving good matching in the labour market is for individuals to choose the right education. 
  
 271 
  
 Greater international specialisation in the service sector 
 In the long term, internationalisation will probably also lead to greater international specialisation in the production of services, like that which has already taken place in the production of goods. This applies to those services that can be traded across borders and do not require a local presence. 
 More international competition in more parts of service production, which may also occur when foreign companies acquire a local presence through direct investment, should in the long term 
  
 269 
  
 Appendix 2 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2007:25) deals with the growth of economic activity in Sweden and regional prospects for economic growth. 
  
 270 
  
 Appendix 7 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:21) analyses structural change and the employment dynamic. 
  
 271 
  
 Appendix 8 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:69) analyses the importance of the choice of education level and specialisation for an individuals labour market situation and lifetime income. 
 204 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 contribute to productivity increases and falling relative prices for these services. In the event, those services used as input in other production will become cheaper. 
 An increasing international division of labour in the production of certain services would also affect employment and structural change in Sweden. What direction this would take is difficult to predict. It cannot be said for sure that there will be specialisation in the production of services or certain service industries. If, however, there is an increase in demand for services that must be produced locally, for example, cleaning, care and serving food and drink, employment in these industries will increase in Sweden. 
 A shift towards increased production of services in Sweden also affects Swedish carbon dioxide emissions. The reduction in carbon Adams intensity in Sweden since 1990 Swanson result of restructuring of the economy. During this time, the consump- tion of goods has not decreased. Part of the production thus takes place elsewhere. This gives rise to carbon dioxide emissions there and thus underlines the need to address the climate problem in cooperation with other countries. 
 The climate issue is a global problem 
 Climate change is a global problem that has to be handled at an international level. The contribution to climate change is the same, regardless of where it occurs. Reducing greenhouse gas emissions will be demanding in terms of resources and will mean restrictions in the use of some energy and raw materials, which will affect economic development. However, a number of studies have shown that it is possible to achieve relatively large Thomas in emissions at a relatively low cost compared with the cost of the damages expected if no measures are taken. This is the conclusion of the Stern Report as well as the OECDs  
 long-term 
  scenarios and the Physical Sciences Basis from the United Nations Intergovern- mental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). A common premise for these estimates is that climate policy is based on  
 cost-effective 
  solutions with measures that are internationally coordinated by such means as an international emissions trading scheme. 
 The base scenario in the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey also assumes that the climate issue will be handled by means of broad international agreements in which flexibility will be a priority so that emissions 
 205 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Sanders place where they cost the least. 
  
 272  
  
 The Surveys estimates indicate relatively modest costs for Sweden to achieve ambitious climate goals based on an effective international climate policy. 
  
 273  
  
 If the same emissions Romero place in the form of measures taken in Sweden, the costs will be substantially higher, as shown in an alternative scenario. 
  
 8.2 
  
 Policy recommendations 
  
 Economic development leads to new conditions for the economy and the welfare systems. New conditions in turn create a need for the regulatory framework to be adjusted on an ongoing basis to be able to take the best possible advantage of the opportunities provided and meet the challenges that arise. 
 This section draws attention to a number of areas that the Survey thinks are particularly urgent for policy to address. This does not mean that there is no need for change in other policy areas. 
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 recommends that policy should focus on: 
  
 encouraging a longer working life 
  
 working for good adaptability and more competition in the economy 
  
 examining forms of increased private financing of welfare services 
  
 working for a global climate policy based on effective policy instruments. 
  
 8.2.1 
  
 Encouraging a longer working life 
  
 One important element in a policy for continued good growth and for preservation of a welfare system that is basically publicly financed and covers everyone is increasing the proportion of life spent working. The basis for financing the public welfare system is the number of hours worked in the economy. All Jenkins boost- ing the labour supply among people of working age are of course 
  
 272 
  
 In the estimates, this is achieved by an international emissions trading scheme without trade restrictions that includes all carbon dioxide emissions in the economy. 
  
 273 
  
 Appendix 1 to the  
  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 (SOU 2008:108). 
 206 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 important. They have been discussed in earlier  
 Long-Term 
  Surveys and elsewhere. The focus of the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 has been on the possibilities of increasing the labour supply at the beginning and end of working life. 
 Earlier labour market Thomas age at which young people secure a place in the labour market is steadily rising. This largely reflects the increase in the number of people getting a university education, which is a positive step. But it also reflects inefficiencies in the education system, where in many cases studies take considerably more time than should be needed. There is also a large group of young people who do not Smith upper secondary school. Beginning early in their school life, Davis often find school more difficult than other students. 
 Achieving earlier establishment in the labour market by increase- ing the efficiency of the education system would yield several positive effects. Education system expenditure would not need to be as high if the need for supplementary studies declined. It would also have a positive effect on the individual concerned in the form of more income. 
 Various studies have shown that very early support – preferably before school age – directed at underprivileged students is effective in countering failure at school. 
 Moreover it is important to improve information for people choosing an education about such matters as average income and risk of unemployment after various programmes of education. 
 It is also worth considering the introduction of economic incentives to shorten the study time leading to a degree. University fees or premiums in the student support system would encourage a more rapid throughput and cause students to choose to major in subjects Hatfield more likely to lead to jobs. 
 A later labour market exit age 
 Average life expectancy has steadily increased without any appreciable rise in the labour market exit age. This means a longer time spent in retirement. 
 207 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 The new pension system has strengthened many peoples economic incentives to extend their working life. However, there are still economic incentives and, not least, norms that work in the opposite direction. There are also various supplementary pension schemes via collective agreements and private pension savings. Consideration should be given to how the age limits found in the old age pension system can be better adapted to the change in average life expectancy. This in turn could contribute to changing the norms for the length of working life both on the part of the employer and the employee. 
 Later retirement would require tightening the different available options leading to retirement. At the same time, there is a risk that this will be an indiscriminate instrument, which could hit some individuals Dominguez. The distribution aspects are therefore an important consideration in such changes. As it always is, the practical design of welfare policy is a balancing act between various goals. The systems should both ensure individuals security and encourage people to take responsibility for their own livelihood. 
  
 8.2.2 
  
 Work for good adaptability in the economy and more competition 
  
 Restructuring in the economy is a natural consequence of change elsewhere and the emergence of new conditions. 
 General measures to maintain adaptability 
 One conclusion of the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 is that the aim of the policy should be to create the conditions for new job oppor- tunities rather than preventing jobs from disappearing. This means that it is important to facilitate enterprise, investment, innovation and entrepreneurs Braun labour mobility. However, it is impossible to identify in Hayes be successful and have a high  
 value-added 
  in the future. A policy focus on particular industries is therefore inappropriate. Instead the policy should aim at general Jenkins. 
 208 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 Promoting competition, particularly in the service sector 
 Competition should generally be promoted as it contributes to new goods and services, lower prices and higher productivity. Competition, not least international competition, in the service sector is currently limited to a considerable extent by regulatory Reed in Sweden and other countries. Taking measures to promote competition in the service sector is therefore particularly important. Depending on the nature and current state of the activity, competition can be improved in various ways. In some cases, markets need to be opened up to more actors that did not previously exist. In other cases, there are already a number of actors but in practice competition is still ineffective. 
 Even in the welfare services that are currently publicly produced and financed, more competition should lead to positive change. More domestic and international competition may contribute to expanding welfare services and increasing freedom of choice. A clearer demarcation of the role of the public sector as financier and producer would provide the conditions whereby private companies could get established in markets where there is currently un- certainty about the extent of public sector services. 
 More competition by more actors also makes it possible to better meet the increase in consumer demand for freedom of choice and greater diversity. For the positive effects of greater diversity to be realised, it is important for the consumer to be able to obtain relevant information and for there to be a continual follow up of the activity. For certain services such as welfare services, where it may be difficult for the consumer to judge the quality of the service offered, it is particularly important to have  
 well-functioning 
  information and control systems. 
  
 8.2.3 
  
 Exploring possible arrangements for more private financing of welfare services 
  
 There are many indications that the demand for welfare services will increase more than what is possible to satisfy within the framework of the public welfare and tax systems as they are now designed. It is desirable and possible to improve productivity in the welfare services but constant productivity improvements in the 
 209 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 labour intensive parts of these services, particularly elderly care, are not Clark. 
 One of the main conclusions in this and in the preceding Long- Term Survey is that a greater measure of private financing is necessary to meet the increasing demand for welfare services in the long term. 
 Getting the reform process started now 
 A change in the financing of the welfare systems is a  
 far-reaching 
  reform that is likely to take a long time to implement. The Long- Term Survey recommends the appointment of a parliamentary inquiry with the remiss to propose forms for more private financing of the welfare services. A broadly based inquiry can ensure the construction of a system that is stable in the long term. 
 This inquiry should be conducted in light of rising incomes in Swedish society, more demand for freedom of choice in the area of welfare services, and increased internationalisation. 
 Postponing this issue would lead to uncontrolled development 
 Proposals for a greater measure of  
 fee-based 
  financing for the public services are often met with the objection that they would lead to substantial distribution effects and are dismissed for this reason. However, there are also consequences if no measures are taken. If nothing is done to meet the increased demand, dis- satisfaction with what the public sector services have to offer may increase and the legitimacy of the systems may be undermined. People may thus be less willing to pay taxes. This could, in turn, further undermine the future financing of the public welfare systems. 
  
 8.2.4 
  
 Working towards a global climate policy based on effective policy instruments 
  
 If an international harmonisation of the cost of reducing greenhouse gas emissions is not realised, there is a risk that the cost to Sweden and the rest of the world will be substantial. It may ultimately mean that global emissions Hernandez not be as big 
 210 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 A Policy for the Future 
  
 as what would otherwise have been possible. Measures should be designed in a  
 cost-effective 
  manner in order to achieve the targets established at the international level, particularly in face of the challenges coming in other areas in the years ahead. The resources freed up by such a climate policy could be used for welfare services, Drake, meeting other environmental targets or research and development programmes in the climate area. 
 Sweden should press for a global policy with effective instruments of control 
 Sweden is responsible for about 0.2 per cent of global greenhouse gas emissions and has (compared with both the EU and the rest of the world) high marginal costs associated with continuing to achieve large cutbacks in emission levels. By using flexible mech- anisms and thereby directly or indirectly taking an active part in reducing emissions globally, Sweden will be able to proceed with ambitious national undertakings while making a greater contribu- tion to global efforts to stop climate change. 
 The spread of current technology can help limit emissions affecting the climate but new technology also needs to be deve- loped. An international price for carbon dioxide emissions is an effective way of stimulating technological development. 
 Specific targets for energy consumption and renewable energy must be warranted for reasons other than the climate problem 
 The targets for reducing energy consumption and increasing the use of renewable energy often support the climate target, but also to some extent cause measures to be taken other than those that are  
 cost-effective 
  if the target is to reduce emissions of gases having an impact on the climate. Special targets for energy consumption therefore risk increasing the cost of reducing emissions, in which case they must be warranted for other reasons. Drake taken that also have positive effects in other areas, such as increase- ing the security of energy supplies, contribute to reduced emissions of local pollutants. However, if fighting climate change is the problem to be tackled, the policy should focus on designing cost- effective policy instruments that as much as possible focus on that particular problem. 
 211 
 References 
 Aghion, Acosta, P. [2005], Appropriate Growth Policy: A Unifying Framework,  
 Journal of the European Economic Association 
 . 
 Ahn, S. [2001], Firm Dynamics and Productivity Growth: A Review of Micro Evidence from OECD Countries, OECD Economics Working Papers, nummer 297, OECD, Paris. 
 Amiti, Smith,  
 S-H. 
  [2006], Service offshoring and produc- tivity: Evidence from the United States, Working Papers 11926, National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER), Cambridge. 
 Bond, Cooper [1999], Murphy in Swedish Manufacturing  
 1972–1996, 
  Working paper 1999:4, IFAU, Uppsala. 
 Bond, Austin, Hernandez, Young, Austin [2000], Structural Change, Competition and Job Turnover in the Swedish Manufacturing Industry  
 1964–1996, 
 Review of International Economics 
 , sid  
 566–582. 
  
 Bond,  
  
 L-F. 
  
  [2006],  
 Företagsdynamik och tillväxt – En kart- läggning och analys av företagsdynamik och arbetsproduktivi- tetstillväxt i Sverige 
 , ITPS, Östersund. 
  
 Lee, Camacho, Austin [2003], Competition, Market Structure and Job Turnover,  
 Journal of Industry, Competition and Trade 
 , 3:3, sid  
 211–226. 
  
 Arai, M.  Heyman, F. [2002], The Impact of Temporary Contracts on Gross Job and Worker Flows, SSE/EFI Working Paper Series in Economics and Finance. 
 213 
  
 References 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Roberts, Alvarez, Lee, Torres, S. [2008], Regulation, allocative efficiency and productivity in OECD countries: Industry and  
 firm-level 
  evidence, OECD Economics department Working Papers No. 616. 
 Audretsch, D. m.fl. [2007],  
 Handbook of Research on Entrepreneurial Policy 
 , Walker, Maddox. 
 Audretsch, D. m.fl. [2002], Impeded Industrial Restructuring: The Growth Penalty,  
 KYKLOS 
 , sid  
 81–98. 
  
 Bryant, R. [2006], Globalisation: the great undbundling[s], contribution to project  
 Globalisation Challenges for Europe and Finland 
 , Economic Council of Finland. 
 Coleman, Lloyd [1967], Macroeconomics of Unbalanced Growth: The Anatomy of Sutton,  
 The American Economic Review,  
 Vol. 57, No.3. 
 Morris, Myers, M. [2005],  
 Utbildning och ekonomisk utveckling – vad visar den empiriska forskningen om orsaks- sambanden?,  
 Rapport 2005:1 till ESS, Expertgruppen för Studier i Samhällsekonomi, Finansdepartementet. 
 Morris, A. m.fl. [2006],  
 Arbetsmarknaden 
 , SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
 Blinder, A. [2005], Fear of Offshoring, CEPS Working Paper No. 119, Smith. 
  
 Moore, P. (red.) [2003],  
 Den gränslösa välfärdsstaten: Svensk socialpolitik i det nya Europa,  
 Moore årsbok 2003, Atlas/Agora, Stockholm. 
  
 Moore, P. [2004], Mot en gemensam europeisk sjukvårds- politik?, i Gustavsson, Fletcher, Hawkins, Austin,  Rose, N. (red.), 
 EU, skatterna och välfärden,  
 Santérus förlag, Stockholm. 
  
 Bohm, Vazquez, B. [2002], A  
 Cost-effective 
  Approach to Attracting  
 Low-income 
  Countries to International Emissions Trading: Theory and Experiments,  
 Environmental and Resource Economics 
 , 23, sid  
 187–211. 
  
 Baird, B.P.  Triplett, J.E. [2007], Is the 21st century productivity expansion still in services? And what should be done about it?, Paper prepared for Session on Productivity, American Economic Association, January  
 5–7, 
  2007, Chicago. 
 214 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Cooper 
  
 Carter, Austin [2004], Energy Efficiency Fallacies – A PostScript,  
 Energy Policy 
 , Volume 32, nr 8. 
  
 Maddox, B., m.fl. [2006],  
 Mått på välfärdens tjänster – en antologi om produktivitet och effektivitet i kommunala verksamheter, 
 Rapport 2006:2 till ESS, Expertgruppen för Studier i Samhälls- ekonomi, Finansdepartementet. 
 Budget Mills [2007], BP Statistical Review of World Energy 2007,  
 www.bp.com/statisticalreview. 
  
 Price, B. [2007],  
 Sveriges klimatpolitik – värdet av utsläppshandel och valet av målformulering.  
 Rapport till Expertgruppen för miljöstudier, 2007:4, Finansdepartementet. 
  
 the Confederation of Swedish Enterprise [2007],  
 Fem vägval för Sverige,  
 Näringslivets Långtidsutredning. 
 Conway, Taylor, G. [2006], Product market regulation in the  
 non-manufacturing 
  sectors of OECD countries: Measure- ment and hihglights, Economics Department Working Papers No. 530, OECD. 
 Copenhagen Economics [2005], Economic Assessment of the Barriers to the Internal Market for Services. 
 Coppin, L.  Vandenbrande, T. [2007],  
 The mobility profile of 25 EU Member States 
 ,  
 EU-kommissionen, 
  Bryssel. 
 Corrado, C. m.fl. [2007], Sectoral productivity in the United States: recent developments and the role of IT, Finance and Economics Discussion Series, Divisions of Research and Statistics and Monetary Affairs, Federal Reserve Board, Whashington D.C.,  
 2007-24. 
  
 Goodwin, Smith, D. [1997], The Demand for Transportation Fuels: Imperfect  
 Price-reversibility?, 
 Transportation Research Part B: Methodological,  
 Volym 31, nr 1, februari 1997, sid  
 71–82. 
  
 Graham, S., Haltiwanger, Macdonald, S. [1996],  
 Job Creation and Destruction 
 , The MIT Press, Cambridge. 
 Moore, Johnson, Thompson [2007], Beard and ICT, Figueroa, Östersund. 
 215 
  
 References 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Edwardsson, E. [2007], Fri rörlighet för välfärd? Rättsutvecklingen gällande den fria rörligheten för sjukvårdstjänster, Svenska institutet för europapolitiska studier, 2007:5. 
 EEA [2007], Greenhouse gas emission trends and projections in Europe 2007 – Tracking progress towards Kyoto targets, European Environment Agency Report No 5/2007. 
 EIA [2008], Annual Energy Outlook 2008, Report #:DOE/EIA- 0484(2008), Energy Information Administration, Department of Energy, Washington DC. 
 Ekholm, K. (red.) m.fl. [2007],  
 Svensk välfärd och globala marknader 
 , Välfärdsrådets rapport 2007, SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
  
 Johnson, K. [1993],  
 Vår ekonomi: En introduktion till samhälls- ekonomin,  
 Tiden, Stockholm. 
  
 Higgins, Jones, Skinner [2006], Estimating retirement behaviour with special early retirement offers, Department of Economics Working Papers, Uppsala universitet. 
 Eliason, Burns, D. [2006], Lasting or Latent Scars? Swedish Evidence on the  
 Long-Term 
  Effects of Job Displacement, 
 Journal of Labor Economics 
 , vol. 24, sid  
  
 831–856. 
  
 Jacobs, T. [2004], Personalutbildning: en teoretisk och empirisk översikt, Rapport 2004:8, IFAU. 
 EU [2007], EU Economy 2007 Review: moving Europe's produc- tivity frontier, European Economy, nr 8. 
  
 EU-KLEMS, 
  www.euklems.net. 
  
 Eurofund [2007],  
 Occupational mobility in Europe 
 , Dublin. 
  
 the European Commission [2002], Rådets beslut 2002/358/EG om godkännande, på Europeiska gemenskapens vägnar, av Kyotoprotokollet till FN:s ramkonvention om klimatföränd- ringar, och gemensamt fullgörande av åtaganden inom ramen för detta. 
 the European Commission [2007], Limiting Global Climate Change to 2 degrees Juarez: The way ahead for 2020 and beyond, Impact Assessment, SEC(2007)8. 
 216 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 References 
  
 the European Commission [2008a], European Energy and Trans- port, Trends to 2030 – Update 2007, Generaldirektoratet för energi och transport. 
 the European Commission [2008b], Förslag till Europaparlamentets och rådets direktiv om tillämpningen av patienträttigheter vid gränsöverskridande hälso- och sjukvård, KOM [2008], 414 slutlig. 
 European Council [2007], Ordförandeskapets slutsatser från Europeiska rådets möte  
 8–9 
  mars 2007. 
  
 Eurostat [2008],  
 Structural business statistics,  
  
 http://epp.eurostat.ec.europa.eu. 
  
 Morales, M.S. [2006], The effect of the ageing European popu- lation on economic growth and budgets: implications for immigration and other policies, Working Paper 12736, National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER). 
  
 Miller [2008],  
 Svensk Finanspolitik – Finanspolitiska rådets rapport 2008. 
 Bauer, Martinez, Simmons, Wilcox, R., (red.) [2006],  
 Att reformera välfärdsstaten. Amerikanskt perspektiv på den svenska modellen 
 ., NBER Rapporten II, SNS Förlag. 
 Fullerton, D. [2008], Distributional Effects of Environmental and Energy Policy: An Introduction, Working Paper nr 14241, National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER). 
 Furåker, B. [2004], Mellan rörlighet och stabilitet. Om anställda och arbetsplatser i ett dynamiskt arbetsliv i  
 Ett rörligt arbetsliv 
 , FAS, Stockholm. 
 Gartell, M., Williams,  
 A-C. 
   Moore, H. [2007], Utbildningens betydelse för flöden på arbetsmarknaden, Rapport 2007:12, Reynolds, Uppsala. 
 Brown, Weaver, S. [2005], The Experience with Energy Efficiency Policies and Programmes in IEA Countries: Learning from the Critics, IEA Information Paper, Henson 2005. 
 Girma, S., Hanna, Davidson, R. [2004], Does Exporting Increase Productivity? A Microeconometric Analysis of Matched Firms,  
 Review of International Economics,  
 Vol. 12, No. 5, sid  
 855–866, 
  November 2004. 
 217 
  
 References 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Gomez-Salvador, 
  Robbins, Messina, Valdez, G. [2004], Gross Job Flows and Institutions in Europe,  
 Labour Economics 
 , sid  
 469–485. 
  
 Government Mills 2001/02:143,  
 Samverkan för en trygg, effektiv och miljövänlig energitillförsel,  
 Ministry of the Environment. 
  
 Government Mills 2001/02:55,  
 Sveriges klimatstrategi 
 , Ministry of the Environment. 
  
 Government Mills 2005/06:154,  
 Förnybar el med gröna certifikat, 
 Ministry of Enterprise, Energy and Communications. 
  
 Government Mills 2007/08:100,  
 2008 års ekonomiska vårproposition, 
 Ministry of Finance. 
  
 Government Mills 2007/08:147,  
 Nya regler för arbetskraftsinvandring, 
 Ministry of Justice 
 . 
  
 Government Mills 2008/09:1,  
 Budgetpropositionen för 2009 
 , Ministry of Finance. 
 Government communication 2007/08:101,  
 Årsredovisning för staten 2007,  
 Ministry of Finance. 
 Government Decision (Regeringsbeslut U2006/9119/IS),  
 Tillsättande av Globaliseringsråd,  
 Ministry of Education and Culture. 
 Ortiz, Wilson, 
  E. [2006], The Rise of offshoring: Its Not Wine for Cloth Anymore, Working Paper, Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City. 
 Gunnarsson, Sherman, Carter, E.  Savvidou, E. [2004], Human Capital is the key to the IT productivity paradox, Working Paper 2004:13, IFAU. 
 Gustavsson, Fletcher, Hawkins, Horton, N. (red.) [2004],  
 EU, Skatterna och välfärden,  
 Europaperspektiv 2004, Årsbok för europaforskning inom ekonomi, juridik och statskunskap. Santérus förlag, Stockholm. 
 Hagsten, James, Simmons, Martinez, P. [2006], Effects on productivity from Swedish offshoring i  
 Yearbook on Productivity 2006,  
 Statistiska centralbyrån. 
 Hansson, Thompson [2005], Skill Upgrading and Production Transfer within Swedish Multinationals,  
 Scandinavian Journal of Economics,  
 107, sid  
 673–692. 
  
 218 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Cooper 
  
 Estes, P. m.fl. [2007], Svenskt näringsliv i en globaliserad värld: effekter av internationaliseringen på produktivitet och sysselsättning, Rapport A2007:004, ITPS, Östersund. 
 Hansson, Å.  Barrett, K. [2004], Kan den nationella välfärdsstaten överleva i ett enat Europa? i Cunningham, Fletcher, Hawkins, Austin,  Rose, N. (red.),  
 EU, skatterna och välfärden,  
 Santérus förlag, Stockholm. 
 Heckman, Alvarez [2008], Schools, Skills and Synapses, NBER Working Paper Series, nr 14064. 
 Hedén, Rhodes [2005], Productivity, Upskilling, Restructuring, Entry and Exit: Evidence from the UK and Swedish Micro Data, avhandlingsmanus, University of London. 
 Wallace, Thompson, Hoover,  
 Newton, Foley2003], Social interactions and unemployment, Working Paper 2003:15, IFAU. 
 Wood, Little, M. [2007],  
 Entreprenörskap,  
 SNS förlag, Stockholm. 
 Byrd, H. [1998], Does Energy Efficiency Save Energy: The Economists Debate, EERU Report Nr 074. 
 Hesselius, Thompson, Osborne, Thompson, Alvarez [2008], Påverkas individen av omgivningens sjukfrånvaro?, Rapport 2008:11, IFAU. 
 Hill, Escobar, B. [2005],  
 Klimatmål, utsläppshandel och svensk ekonomi,  
 SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
 Hjalmarsson, Austin [1973], Optimal Structural Change and Related Concepts,  
 Swedish Journal of Economics,  
 75 (2), sid  
 176–192. 
  
 Waters, Rodriguez [2007], A rough guide to entrepreneurship policy i Martinez, D. m.fl. (red.),  
 Handbook of Research on Entre- preneurial Policy 
 , Walker, London. 
 Vargas, Martinez, Bowers, Q.  Nordström Skans, O. [2008] Mind the gap? Estimating the effects of postponing higher education, under publicering i  
 Oxford Economic Papers 
 . 
 Page, Parks, F. [2006], Nya siffror om socialförsäk- ringarna,  
 Samtal om socialförsäkring 
 , nr 14, Socialförsäkrings- utredningen, Stockholm. 
 219 
  
 References 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 IEA [2004], 30 Years of Energy Use in IEA Countries – Oil Crises  Climate Challenges, OECD/IEA, Paris. 
 IEA [2006], World Energy Outlook 2006, OECD/International Energy Agency, Paris. 
 IEA [2007], World Energy Outlook 2007, OECD/International Energy Agency, Paris. 
 IMF [2008], World Economic Outlook – Housing and the Business Cycle, Internationella valutafonden, april 2008. 
 Inklaar, R., Timmer, M.P.  van Ark, B. [2008], Market services productivity,  
 Economic Policy,  
 January 2008. 
 IPCC [2007a], Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis 
 – Summary for Policymakers, for Working Group I of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. 
 IPCC [2007b], Climate Change 2007: Mitigation, Contribution of Working Group III to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. 
 IPCC [2007c], Climate Change 2007: Synthesis Report, Working Group IV, WGIII Fourth Assessment Report. 
 Israelsson, T., Strannefors, Wright, Ramirez [2003], Geografisk rörlighet och arbetsgivarbyten, Ura 2003:1, Arbetsmarknads- styrelsen, Stockholm. 
 Johansson, Mckinney (red.) [2002],  
 Sverige i EU,  
 SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
 Spears, Skinner [1984], The Role of Energy in Productivity Growth, 
  
 The American Economic Review 
 , Vol. 74, No. 2, Papers and Proceedings of the  
 Ninety-Sixth 
  Frederick of the American Economic Association (Maj, 1984), sid  
 26–30. 
  
 Spears, Skinner, Ho, M.  Stiroh, K. [2007], A Retrospective Look at the US Productivity Growth Resurgence, Federal Reserve Bank of New York Staff reports no. 277, February 2007. 
  
 Munoz, N. (red.) [2008],  
 Sverige i den institutionella konkurrensen 
 , Underlagsrapport nr 4 till Globaliseringsrådet, Stockholm. 
  
 Colon, Thompson, K. [2007],  
 Nyföretagande, näringslivs- dynamik och tillväxt i den nya världsekonomin 
 , Underlags- rapport nr 5 till Globaliseringsrådet, Stockholm. 
 220 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Cooper 
  
 Mcconnell, W. [2004], International Technology Diffusion,  
 Journal of Economic Literature 
 , 42, 2004. 
 Klevmarken, Chase, B. [2008],  
 Simulating ageing polulation: a microsimulation approach applied to Sweden,  
 Cole, United Kingdom. 
 Kongsrud, Gross, I. [2005], The Impact of Structural Policies on  
 trade-related 
  Adjustment and the Shift to Services, Working Paper no. 427, Economics Department, OECD, Paris. 
 Kox, Rodriguez, Austin [2007], Business services and the changing structure of European economic growth, CPB Memorandum 183. 
 Kox, H., Lejour, Tyler, R. [2005], The free movement of services within the EU, CPB Documents No 69. 
 Kox, Ramirez, Roberts, Edwards, H. [2007], Market structure, productivity and scale in European business services, MPRA Paper No. 6137. 
 Krantz, Flores, L. [2007],  
 Swedish Historical National Accounts  
  
 1800–2000 
 , 
  Miller  Wiksell International, Lund. 
 Kuhn, P. [2002], Losing Work, Moving on: Worker Displacement in International Perspective, Edwards Upjohn Institute for Employment Research. 
 le Grand, Cox, Rivas, Hernandez, M. [2001], Har jobben blivit bättre i  
 Välfärd och arbete i arbetslöshetens årtionde, 
  
 SOU 2001:53, Johnson, Stockholm. 
 Lind, Skinner [2003], Svensk industriproduktivitet i ett internationellt perspektiv under fyra decennier – vad kan vi lära av  
 1990-talet?, 
  
 Ekonomisk debatt 
 , nr 5, sid  
 39–48. 
  
 Myers, D. [2007], Har Finland hunnit i kapp Sverige? – En jäm- förande produktivitetsanalys över 30 år,  
 TCO-rapport 
  nr 8/07, Stockholm. 
  
 Cruz, Rodriguez [2003], Välfärdsstat och sociala 
  
 normer, i 
  
 Simmons, B. (red.),  
 Varför är svenskarna 
  
 så sjuka? 
 , 
  
 SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
  
 Cruz, A., [2008], Slopa överskottsmålet och använd pengarna nu!,  
 Dagens Nyheter,  
 20 januari 2008. 
 221 
  
 References 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Foley, Reilly, P. [2002], The determinants of structural change: Transformation pressure and structural change in Swedish manufacturing industry,  
 1870–1993, 
  
 European Review of Economic History 
 , sid  
  
 87–110. 
  
 Schultz, Austin [1997], Utbildning, konkurrenskraft och struktur- omvandling, i Johnson, V. (red.),  
 Arbetsmarknad och tillväxt 
  
 – Tio års forskning med facket 
 , Ekerlids förlag, Stockholm. 
  
 Lundgren, S. (red.) [2007],  
 Tillväxt i otakt,  
 Konjunkturrådets rapport 2007, SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
 Lundin, Skinner [2002], Klarar vi sjukvården?,  
 Ekonomisk Debatt,  
 årg. 30, nr 4. 
 Oconnell, Martinez, Garza, Moreno, M. [2008], Productivity consequences of workforce ageing – Stagnation or a Horndal effect?,  
 Population and Development Review 
 . 
 Ministry Publication Series, Ds 2005:7,  
 Iakttagelser om landsting,  
 Ministry of Finance. 
 Ministry Publication Series, Ds 2000:58,  
 Utbildningens omvägar – En  
  
 ESO-rapport 
  
  om kvalitet och effektivitet i svensk utbildning 
 , Ministry of Finance. 
 Ministry Publication Series, Ds 2002:30,  
 Arbetskraftsutbudet och välfärden – Aktuell politik och framtida utmaningar 
 , Ministry of Employment. 
 Ministry Publication Series, Ds 2003:33,  
 Skolmisslyckande – hur gick det sen? 
 , Ministry of Finance. 
 Ministry Publication Series, Ds 2007:21,  
 Äldres arbetsutbud och möjligheter till sysselsättning – En kunskapsöversikt,  
 Ministry of Finance. 
 Ministry Publication Series, Ds 2008:36,  
 Fler i arbete – grunden för framtidens välfärd,  
 Ministry of Finance. 
 Molander, P. [1999],  
 En effektivare välfärdspolitik,  
 SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
  
 Hansen, Å. [1994],  
 Ungdomar utan gymnasieskola: en uppföljnings- studie från 13 till 24 års ålder,  
 Miller  Wiksell International, Stockholm. 
  
 222 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Cooper 
  
 Hansen, Å. [2007], Genomströmningen i gymnasieskolan. Före och efter gymnasiereformen, i Chung, Alvarez (red.),  
 Utbildnings- vägen – vart leder den? 
 , SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
 National Agency for Education [2003], Efter skolan – Vad gör de unga vuxna de närmaste åren efter sin gymnasieutbildning?, rapport 223, Stockholm. 
 National Agency for Education [2007], Heltid och resursförstärk- ning – Utvecklingen av individuella programmet, redovisning av regeringsuppdrag. 
 National Agency for Education [2008a], Utbildningsresultat – Perez, rapport 311, Stockholm. 
 National Agency for Education [2008b], Studieresultat i gymnasieskolan – Avbrott och slutbetyg utan grundläggande behörighet, Stockholm. 
 National Agency for Education [2008c], Barn, elever, personal, kostnader och utbildningsresultat – Kommunal nivå, Jämförelse- tal om förskoleverksamhet, skolbarnsomsorg, skola och vuxen- utbildning, Databas för jämförelsetal,  
 www.jmftal.artisan.se. 
  
 National Agency for Higher Education [2004], Universitet och högskolor, Högskoleverkets årsrapport 2004. 
 National Agency for Higher Education [2008a], Allt fler utländska studenter i Sverige, Statistisk analys 2008/2, Stockholm. 
 National Agency for Higher Education [2008b], Universitet och högskolor, Högskoleverkets årsrapport 2007. 
 The National Board of Health and Welfare [2004], Vård och omsorg om äldre – Lägesrapport 2003. 
 The National Board of Health and Welfare [2008], Rodriguez och sociala förhållanden – Lägesrapport 2007. 
 National Institute of Economic Research [1999],  
 Miljö och ekonomi – scenarier fram till år 2015.  
 Bilaga 2 till Långtids- utredningen 1999/2000, Fakta Info Direkt, Stockholm. 
 National Institute of Economic Research [2005], Produktivitet och löner till 2015, Specialstudie Nr 6, maj 2005, Konjunktur- institutet, Stockholm. 
 223 
  
 References 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 National Institute of Economic Research [2008], Konjunktur- läget, augusti 2008, Konjunkturinstitutet, Stockholm. 
 National Labour Market Board [1999], Den geografiska rörlig- heten – Flyttmotiv och betydelse för sysselsättningen, Ura 1999:9, Stockholm. 
 National Labour Market Board [2007], Arbetsmarknadsrapport 2007:1, Stockholm. 
 National Social Insurance Board (RFV) [2000], Socialförsäkrings- boken 2000, Tema, Välfärd, arbete och fritid, Stockholm. 
 National Social Insurance Board (RFV) [2001a], Flexibel pensionsålder, RFV analyserar 2001:7, Stockholm. 
 National Social Insurance Board (RFV) [2001b], Vad får oss att arbeta fram till 65?, RFV analyserar 2001:4, Stockholm. 
 National Social Insurance Board (RFV) [2001c], Arbetsgivares attityder till äldre yrkesverksamma, RFV analyserar 2001:9, Stockholm. 
 NBER, [2006], The effects on the ageing European population on economic growth and budgets: implications for immigration and other policies, Working paper 12736, National Bureau of Economic Research. 
 Lee, Torres, S. [2003], Regulation, Productivity and growth,  
 Economic Policy,  
 36 
 . 
  
 Gonzalez, O. [2004], Scarring effects of the first labour market experience, Working Paper, 2004:14, IFAU. 
 OECD [2005],  
 Employment outlook,  
 OECD, Paris. 
  
 OECD [2007e],  
 Science and Technology Scoreboard 2007,  
 OECD, Paris. 
  
 OECD [2007f],  
 OECD Economic Outlook No 81: Fernandez data,  
 OECD, Paris. 
  
 OECD [2008a],  
 World Environmental Outlook to 2030,  
 OECD, Paris. 
  
 OECD [2008c],  
 Economic, Environmental and Social Statistics, 
 OECD Factbook 2008, OECD, Paris. 
 224 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 References 
  
 OECD [2008d],  
 Economic Policy Reforms; Going for Growth 
 , Structural Policy Indicators, Priorities and Analysis, OECD, Paris. 
  
 OECD [2008e],  
 OECD Health Data 2008,  
  
 www.oecd.org. 
  
 OECD [2007d],  
 Economic, Environmental and Social Statistics, 
 Factbook, OECD, Paris. 
 OECD [2003], Regulation, productivity and growth, OECD evidence, Economics Department working papers, No 347, OECD, Paris. 
 OECD [2006],  
 Live Longer, Work Longer 
 , OECD, Paris. 
  
 OECD [2007a],  
 Offshoring and Employment – Trends and Impacts 
 , OECD, Paris. 
  
 OECD [2007b],  
 Globalisation and Structural Adjustment Summary report of the study on globalisation and innovation in the business services sector,  
 OECD, Paris. 
  
 OECD [2007c],  
 Education at a glance,  
 OECD, Paris. 
 OECD [2007g], How regulatory reforms in Sweden have boosted productivity, Economics department working paper, No. 577, OECD, Paris. 
 OECD [2008b],  
 Employment Outlook 
 , OECD, Paris. 
 Ohlsson, Roth, D. [2007], Long term effects of public policy for displaced workers in Sweden – shipyard workers in the West and miners in the North, Working Paper, 2007:19, Nationalekonomiska institutionen, Uppsala universitet. 
 Palme, Cruz, Nichols2004], Income Security Programs and Retirement in Sweden, i Powell, Harrington, D. (red.),  
 Social Security and Retirement Around the World:  
  
 Simpson, 
  Chicago University Press, Chicago. 
  
 Knight,  
  
 K-H. 
  
  [2008],  
 Så skulle det kunna bli – Visionen av ett effektivare, rättvisare och vitalare svenskt vårdsystem,  
 Forum för småföretagsforskning, Örebro. 
  
 Knight, T., Knight, Carroll, Rodriguez [2006],  
 Generations- analyser – omfördelning mellan generationer i en växande välfärdsstat,  
 Rapport 2006:6 till ESS, Expertgruppen för Studier i Samhällsekonomi, Finansdepartementet. 
 225 
  
 References 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Rollén, B.  Decker, M. [2008],  
 Vi vill inte bli gamla som äldreomsorgen ser ut i dag,  
 SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
 Serret, Spears, N. (Red.) [2006],  
 The Distributional Effects of Environmental Policy,  
 OECD/Walker Publishing. 
 SFS 2007:1091,  
 Lag om offentlig upphandling  
 (Public Procurement Act). 
 SIFO Research  Consulting [2005], Pensionsbarometern 2005, Stockholm. 
  
 Sindbjerg Berger, Skinner [2007],  
 EU for the patients: Developments, Impacts, Challenges,  
 Svenska institutet för europapolitiska studier, 2007:6. 
  
 Rowe, Ryan, E. [2007],  
 Ett svårlagt pussel – kompletterande ersättningar vid inkomstbortfall,  
 Rapport 2007:1 till ESS, Expertgruppen för Studier i Samhällsekonomi, Finans- departementet. 
 Skytesvall, T.  Hagén,  
 H-O. 
  [2008], Growth in the Nordic Business Sector, TemaNord 2008:503, Nordiska ministerrådet. 
  
 Smith, Cowan 
  
 [1957], Technical 
  
 Change and 
  
 the 
  
 Aggregate 
  
 Production 
  
 Function,  
 Review 
  
 of Economics 
  
 and 
  
 Statistics, 
  
 vol. 39, sid  
 312–320. 
  
 SOU 2003:57,  
 Alternativ finansiering av offentliga tjänster,  
 Bilaga 7 till Långtidsutredningen 2003, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 1990:14,  
 Långtidsutredningen 1990,  
 Allmänna förlaget, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 1991:82,  
 Drivkrafter för produktivitet och välstånd, 
 Produktivitetsdelegationens betänkande, Allmänna förlaget, Stockholm. 
 SOU 2000:7,  
 Långtidsutredningen 1999/2000 
 , Huvudbetänkande, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2001:53,  
 Välfärd och arbete i arbetslöshetens årtionde 
 , Forskarantologi från Kommittén Välfärdsbokslut, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2002:47,  
 Våra skatter?,  
 Betänkande från Skattebasutredningen, Johnson, Stockholm. 
 226 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 References 
  
 SOU 2003:2,  
 Fördelningseffekter av miljöpolitik,  
 Bilaga 11 till Långtidsutredningen 2003, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2004:19,  
 Långtidsutredningen 2003/04,  
 Huvudbetänkande, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2004:34,  
 Regional utveckling – utsikter till 2020,  
 Bilaga 3 till Långtidsutredningen 2003/04, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2004:44,  
 Kan vi räkna med de äldre?,  
 Bilaga 5 till Långtids- utredningen 2003/04, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2004:73,  
 Migration och integration – om framtidens arbets- marknad,  
 Bilaga 4 till Långtidsutredningen 2003/04, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2005:4,  
 Liberalisering, regler och marknader,  
 Betänkande av Regelutredningen, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2007:18,  
 Arbetsmarknadsutbildning för bristyrken och insatser för arbetslösa ungdomar,  
 Delbetänkande av Utredningen om en flexiblare arbetsmarknadsutbildning, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2007:25,  
 Plats för tillväxt?,  
 Bilaga 2 till Långtidsutredningen 2008, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2007:35 
 , Flyttning och pendling i Sverige,  
 Bilaga 3 till Långtidsutredningen 2008, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2007:60,  
 Sverige inför klimatförändringarna – hot och möjligheter 
 , Slutbetänkande av Klimat- och sårbarhetsutred- ningen, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2007:95,  
 Tjänster utan gränser? – Internationalisering av offentliga sektorns tjänster,  
 Bilaga 4 till Långtidsutredningen 2008, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2008:108,  
 Sveriges ekonomi – Scenarier på lång sikt 
 , Bilaga 1 till Långtidsutredningen 2008, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2008:12,  
 Finansiella sektorn bär frukt – Analys av den finansiella sektorn ur ett svenskt perspektiv,  
 Bilaga 5 till Långtidsutredningen 2008, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2008:14,  
 Timmar, kapital och teknologi – vad betyder mest? – En analys av produktivitetsutvecklingen med hjälp av tillväxt- bokföring,  
 Bilaga 6 till Långtidsutredningen 2008, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 227 
  
 References 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 SOU 2008:15,  
 LOV att välja – Lag om Valfrihetssystem,  
 Betänkande av Frittvalutredningen, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2008:21,  
 Permanent förändring – Globalisering, struktur- omvandling och sysselsättningsdynamik,  
 Bilaga 7 till Mullins utredningen 2008, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2008:24,  
 Svensk klimatpolitik,  
 Betänkande av Klimat- beredningen, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 SOU 2008:69,  
 Välja fritt och välja rätt – Drivkrafter för rationella utbildningsval,  
 Bilaga 8 till Långtidsutredningen 2008, Johnson, Stockholm. 
  
 Statistics Sweden [2006a], Personalutbildning, Första halvåret 2006, Statistiska meddelanden, UF 39 SM 0601. 
 Statistics Sweden [2006b], Äldres levnadsförhållanden,  
 Arbete, ekonomi, hälsa och sociala nätverk  
  
 1980–2003, 
  
 Levnads- förhållanden, rapport 112. 
 Statistics Sweden [2007a], Sveriges framtida befolkning  
 2007–2050, 
  Reviderad befolkningsprognos, Statistiska meddelanden, BE 18 SM 0701. 
 Statistics Sweden [2007b], Genomströmning och resultat i högskolans grundutbildning till och med 2005/06, Statistiska meddelanden, UF 20 SM 0702, Örebro. 
 Statistics Sweden [2007c], Beskrivning av Sveriges befolkning 2006. 
 Statistics Sweden [2008a], Bakgrundsfakta Ekonomisk statistik 2008:3. Volymberäkningar av offentlig individuell produktion, projektrapport. 
 Statistics Sweden [2008b], Sveriges framtida befolkning 2008– 2050, Statistiska meddelanden, BE 18 SM 0801. 
 Statistics Sweden [a],  
 Arbetskraftsundersökningar,  
 olika årgångar. Statistics Sweden [b],  
 Befolkningsstatistik. 
  
 Statistics Sweden [c],  
 Statistik över befolkningens utbildning.  
 Statistics Sweden [d],  
 Undersökning av levnadsförhållanden. 
 Statistics Sweden [e],  
 Nationalräkenskaper,  
 olika årgångar 
 . 
  
 228 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 References 
  
 Statistics Sweden [f],  
 Miljöräkenskaperna,  
  
 www.mirdata.scb.se/MDInfo.aspx. 
  
 Statistics Sweden [g],  
 Personalutbildningsstatistik 
 . 
  
 Stern, N. [2007],  
 The Economics of Climate Change: The Stern Review,  
 Cambridge, UK, Cambridge University Press, 
  
 Park, Perez, Rosales [2007], The Decline in U.S. Energy Intensity: Its Origins and Implications for  
  
 Long-Run 
  
  CO 
  
 2  
  
 Emission Projections,  
  
 Energy Policy  
  
 35, sid  
  
 5267–5286. 
  
 Swedish Agency for Public Management [2007], Vård, skola och omsorg – Vilken information behöver brukaren för att välja?, Rapport 2007:19. 
 the Swedish Association of Local Authorities [2002],  
 Kommunala framtider – en långtidsutredning om behov och resurser till år 2050. 
  
 the Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions [2007], 
 Öppna jämförelser av hälso- och sjukvårdens kvalitet och effektivitet 
 , oktober 2007. 
  
 the Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions [2008a], 
 Vad får vi för pengarna? – om effektivitet och produktivitet i hälso- och sjukvården. 
 Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions [2008b], 
 Välfärdsmysteriet 
 . 
  
 Swedish Business Development Agency (Nutek) [2000], Arbets- kraftens rörlighet – ett smörjmedel för tillväxt, R 2000:15, Nutek, Stockholm. 
 Swedish Business Development Agency (Nutek) [2006], I vilka branscher är rörligheten störst?, i  
 Nya fakta och statistik – Framtidens näringsliv 
 , nr 13, Nutek, Stockholm. 
 Swedish Competition Authority [2007], Öka konsumentnyttan inom vård och omsorg – förslag för konkurrens och ökat företagande, Konkurrensverkets rapportserie: 2007:3. 
 Swedish Energy Agency [2007], Energiläget i siffror 2007, ET 2007:50. 
 Swedish Energy Agency [2008], Energiindikatorer 2007 – Upp- följning av Sveriges energipolitiska mål, ER 2007:30. 
 229 
  
 References 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 Swedish Energy Agency and Swedish Environmental Protection Agency [2007a], Den svenska klimatstrategins utveckling, Underlag till Kontrollstation 2008, ET 2007:29. 
 Swedish Energy Agency and Swedish Environmental Protection Agency [2007b], Prognoser för utsläpp och upptag av växthus- gaser, Delrapport 1 i Energimyndighetens och Naturvårds- verkets underlag till kontrollstation 2008, ET 2007:27. 
 Swedish Environmental Protection Agency [2007], Utsläpps- rapportering av växthusgaser enligt EU:s övervaknings- mekanism och klimatkonvetionen, dnr.  
 125-989-07. 
  
 Swedish Institute for Growth Policy Studies (ITPS) [2006], Näringslivets tillstånd 2005, A2005:021, Institutet för tillväxtpolitiska studier, Östersund. 
 Swedish Institute for Growth Policy Studies (ITPS) [2007], Näringslivets tillstånd 2007 – Det ambitiösa entreprenörskapet, Institutet för tillväxtpolitiska studier, Östersund. 
 the Swedish Social Insurance Administration [2007a], Hur länge arbetar vi i Sverige? – Om arbetslivets längd med regional uppdelning, Försäkringskassan analyserar 2007:6, Stockholm. 
 the Swedish Social Insurance Administration [2007b], Ålders- pension – Pensionsunderlag och pensionsbehållning, Statistik 2007:4, Stockholm. 
 the Swedish Social Insurance Administration [2007c], Medel- pensioneringsålder, Försäkringskassan redovisar 2007:5, Stockholm. 
 the Swedish Social Insurance Administration [2008], Expected effective retirement age in the Nordic countries, Working papers in Social Insurance 2008:3, Stockholm. 
 Södersten, Gay, Ramirez (red.) [2004],  
 Marknad och Politik,  
 SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
 Tallberg, J.[2004],  
 EU:s politiska system,  
 Studentlitteratur, Lund. 
 Timmer, M., Ypma, G.  van Ark, B. [2003], IT in the European Union: Driving Productivity Divergence?, GGDC Research Memorandum  
 GD-67, 
  University of Groningen, Appendix Tables, updated June 2005. 
 230 
  
 The  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
  
 References 
  
 Ulltveit-Moe, 
  
  K. [2008],  
 Live and let die – industrial policy in a globalised world,  
 Underlagsrapport nr 22 till Globaliseringsrådet, Stockholm. 
  
 UN [1998], Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework, Convention on Climate Change,  
  
 http://unfccc.int/kyoto-ptotocol/items/2830.php. 
  
 van Ark, B., OMahoney, M.  Ypma, G. [2007], The  
 EU-KLEMS 
  Productivity Report 1. 
 Craig, Lopez, P. [2007], What is the Value of Entrepreneurship? A Review of Recent Research, IZA DP, no. 3013. 
  
 the World Bank [2007],  
 World Bank World Development Indicators. 
 Wölfl, A. [2005], The service economy in OECD countries, i 
 Enhancing the performance of the services sector,  
 OECD, Paris. 
  
 Ward, R. [1999], Balansen mellan arbetskraftens utbildningsnivå och jobbens kvalifikationskrav – ett struktur- eller konjunktur- problem?, Bilaga 2 till  
 Kontrakt för arbete – rättvisa och tydliga regler i arbetslöshetsförsäkringen 
 , Näringsdepartementet, Ds 1999:58. 
  
 Green, O. m.fl. [2006],  
 Watson inträde? – Ungdomars och invandrades väg till det första arbetet 
 , SNS Förlag, Stockholm. 
  
 Flores, G. [2003], Vinner Sverige på att delta i utsläppshandel?, 
 Ekonomisk Debatt,  
 årg 31, nr 8. 
  
 231 
 Appendices to the  
 Long-Term 
  Survey 2008 
 The appendices are not available in English. 
  
 No. 
  
 Title 
  
 Prepared by 
  
 Publication 
  
 1 
  
 Sveriges ekonomi 
  
 Chapman, Walsh  Gardner 
  
 SOU 2008:108 
  
 Scenarier på lång sikt 
  
 Pettersson, Finansdepartementet 
  
 2 
  
 Plats för tillväxt? 
  
 Elliott, Lunds universitet 
  
 SOU 2007:25 
  
 och SLI  Patrick, SLI 
  
 3 
  
 Flyttning och pendling i 
  
 Alvarado, ITPS och Umeå 
  
 SOU 2007:35 
  
 Sverige 
  
 universitet Gregory  Rodgers 
  
 Porter, Umeå universitet 
  
 4 
  
 Tjänster utan gränser? 
  
 Statskontoret 
  
 SOU 2007:95 
  
 Internationalisering av offentliga 
  
 sektorns tjänster 
  
 5 
  
 Finansiella sektorn bär frukt 
  
 Gillespie, Finansdepartementet 
  
 SOU 2008:12 
  
 Analys av den finansiella sektorn 
  
 ur ett svenskt perspektiv 
  
 6 
  
 Timmar, kapital och teknologi 
  
 Konjunkturinstitutet 
  
 SOU 2008:14 
  
 – vad betyder mest? 
  
 (Available on the website of National 
  
 En analys av produktivitets- 
  
 Institute of Economic Research, 
  
 utvecklingen med hjälp av 
  
 www.konj.se 
  
 ) 
  
 tillväxtbokföring 
  
 (Banks, Capital and Technology  
  
 What Matters Most?) 
  
 7 
  
 Permanent förändring 
  
 Institutet för tillväxtpolitiska studier 
  
 SOU 2008:21 
  
 Globalisering, strukturomvandling 
  
 och sysselsättningsdynamik 
  
 8 
  
 Välja fritt och välja rätt 
  
 Jones och Jones, 
  
 SOU 2008:69 
  
 Drivkrafter för rationella 
  
 Uppsala universitet och Reynolds, 
  
 utbildningsval 
  
 Baker, Reynolds 
  
 233